Samyutta-Nikaya of the Sutta-Pitaka,
Part III. Khanda-Vagga.
Based on the edition by L. Feer, London : Pali Text Society 1890
(PTS Text Series, 94).
Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996
[GRETIL-Version vom 4.9.2014]
NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.
These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.
PLAIN TEXT VERSION
(In order to fascilitate word search, all annotations have been remove,
and the line breaks of the printed edition have been converted into floating text.)
STRUCTURE OF REFERENCES (added):
SN_n.n(n),n.n = Saṃyutta-Nikāya_division.GLOBAL SN-book number(INTERNAL book number in THIS division of the SN),chapter.section

THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.
Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description: | multibyte sequence:
long a | ā
long A | Ā
long i | ī
long I | Ī
long u | ū
long U | Ū
vocalic r | ṛ
vocalic R | Ṛ
long vocalic r | ṝ
vocalic l | ḷ
vocalic L | Ḷ
long vocalic l | ḹ
velar n | ṅ
velar N | Ṅ
palatal n | ñ
palatal N | Ñ
retroflex t | ṭ
retroflex T | Ṭ
retroflex d | ḍ
retroflex D | Ḍ
retroflex n | ṇ
retroflex N | Ṇ
palatal s | ś
palatal S | Ś
retroflex s | ṣ
retroflex S | Ṣ
anusvara | ṃ
visarga | ḥ
long e | ē
long o | ō
l underbar | ḻ
r underbar | ṟ
n underbar | ṉ
k underbar | ḵ
t underbar | ṯ

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.
For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil/gretdias.pdf
For further information see:
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil.htm

Saṃyutta-Nikāya Vol. 3
[page 001]
1
Saṃyutta-Nikāya
DIVISION III Khandha-vaggo
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa || ||
BOOK I KHANDA-SAṂYUTTAṂ (XXII)
SECTION I MŪLAPAÑÑĀSA
CHAPTER I Nakulapitā-vaggo pathamo
SN_3,22(1).1 (1) Nakulapitā
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Bhaggesu viharati Suṃsumāragire Bhesakaḷāvane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho Nakulapitā gahapati yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Nakulapitā gahapati Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Aham asmi bhante jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto āturakāyo abhikkhaṇātaṅko || aniccadassāvī kho panāham bhante Bhagavato manobhāvanīyānaṃ ca bhikkhūnaṃ || ovadatu mam bhante Bhagavā anusāsatu mam bhante Bhagavā yam mama assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti || ||
4 Evam etaṃ gahapati evam etaṃ gahapati āturo te gahapati kāyo addhabhūto pariyonaddho || Yo hi gahapati imaṃ kāyam pariharanto muhuttam pi ārogyam paṭijāneyya kim aññatra bālyā || || Tasmātiha te gahapati evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || āturakāyassa me sato cittam anāturam bhavissatīti || Evaṃ hi te gahapati sikkhitabban ti || ||
5 Atha kho Nakulapitā gahapati Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami
[page 002]
2 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 1. 6
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
6 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Nakulapitaraṃ gahapatim āyasmā Sāriputto etad avoca || || Vippasannāni kho te gahapati indriyāni parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto || alattha no ajja Bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṃ kathaṃ savanāyāti || ||
Kiṃ hi no siyā bhante idānāham bhante Bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya amatena abhisitto ti || ||
Yathā katham pana tvaṃ gahapati Bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya amatena abhisitto ti || ||
7 Idhāham bhante yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃ ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃ || ekam antaṃ nisinno kho ham bhante Bhagavantam etad avocaṃ || ||
Aham asmi bhante jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto āturakāyo abhikkhaṇātaṅko || aniccadassāvī panāham bhante Bhagavato manobhāvanīyānaṃ ca bhikkhūnam || ovadatu maṃ bhante Bhagavā anusāsatu mam bhante Bhagavā yam mama assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti || ||
Evaṃ vutte mam bhante Bhagavā etad avoca || || Evam etaṃ gahapati evam etaṃ gahapati || āturo yaṃ gahapati kāyo addhabhūto pariyonaddho || yo hi gahapati imaṃ kāyam pariharanto muhuttam pi ārogyam paṭijāneyya kim aññatra bālyā || || Tasmātiha te gahapati evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || āturakāyassa me sato cittam anāturam bhavissatīti || Evaṃ hi te gahapati sikkhitabbanti || ||
Evaṃ khvāhaṃ bhante Bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya amatena abhisitto ti || ||
8 Na hi pana taṃ gahapati paṭibhāsi Bhagavantam uttariṃ paṭipucchituṃ || || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante āturakāyo ceva hoti āturacitto ca || Kittāvatā ca pana āturakāyo hi kho hoti no ca āturacitto ti || ||
[page 003]
XXII. 1. 15] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 3
9 Dūrato pi kho mayam bhante āgaccheyyāma āyasmato Sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa attham aññātum ||
sādhu vatāyasmantaṃ yeva Sāriputtam paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho ti || ||
10 Tena hi gahapati suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasi karohi bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho Nakulapitā gahapati āyasmato Sāriputtassa paccassosi || ||
11 Āyasmā Sāriputto etad avoca || ||
Kathaṃ ca gahapati āturakāyo ceva hoti āturacitto ca || ||
12 Idha gahapati assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānam adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || rūpavantam vā attānam attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ Ahaṃ rūpam mama rūpan ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti || tassa Aham rūpam mama rūpan ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino taṃ rūpam pariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa rūpavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
13 Vedanam attato samanupassati vedanāvantam vā attānam attani vā vedanam vedanāya vā attānam Aham vedanā mama vedanā ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti || tassa Ahaṃ vedanā mama vedanā ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino sā vedanā vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa vedanāpariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
14 Saññam attato samanupassati || saññāvantam vā attānam attani vā saññaṃ saññāya vā attānam Ahaṃ saññā mama saññā ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti || tassa Ahaṃ saññā mama saññā ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino sā saññā vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa saññāvipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
15 Saṅkhāre attato samanupassati || saṅkhāravantam vā attānam attani vā saṅkhāre saṅkhāresu vā attānam Ahaṃ saṅkhārā mama saṅkhārā ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti || tassa Ahaṃ saṅkhārā mama saṅkhārāti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino te saṅkhārā vipariṇamanti aññathā honti || tassa saṅkhāravipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā
[page 004]
4 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 1. 16
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
16 Viññāṇam attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānam Ahaṃ viññāṇam mama viññāṇan ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti ||
tassa Ahaṃ viññāṇam mama viññāṇanti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino taṃ viññāṇaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa viññāṇam vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
17 Evaṃ kho gahapati āturakāyo ceva hoti āturacitto ca || ||
18 Kathañca gahapati āturakāyo pi kho hoti no ca āturacitto ||
19 Idha gahapati sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisānaṃ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantam vā attānaṃ na attani vā rūpam na rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ Ahaṃ rūpam mama rūpan ti na pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti ||
tassa Aham rūpam mama rūpanti apariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino taṃ rūpaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa rūpa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanussupāyāsā || ||
20 Na vedanam attato samanupassati na vedanāvantaṃ vā attānaṃ na attani vā vedanaṃ na vedanāya vā attānam Aham vedanā mama vedanā ti na pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti ||
tassa Aham vedanā mama vedanāti apariyuṭṭhatthāyino sā vedanā vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa vedanāvipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ||
21 Na saññam attato samanupassati || na saññāvantaṃ vā attānaṃ na attani vā saññaṃ na saññāya vā attānam Ahaṃ saññā mama saññā ti na pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti || tassa Ahaṃ saññā mama saññāti apariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino sā saññā vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa saññā vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupḥyāsā || ||
[page 005]
XXII. 2. 3] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 5
22 Na saṅkhāre attato samanupassati na saṅkhāravantam vā attānaṃ na attani vā saṅkhāre na saṅkhāresu vā attānam Ahaṃ saṅkhārā mama saṅkhārā ti na pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti || || tassa Ahaṃ saṅkhārā mama saṅkhārā ti apariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino te saṅkhārā vipariṇamanti aññathā honti || tassa saṅkhāravipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
23 Na viññāṇam attato samanupassati na viññānavantam vā attānaṃ na attani vā viññāṇaṃ na viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānam Aham viññāṇam mama viññāṇan ti na pariyuṭṭhatthāyī hoti || tassa Aham viññāṇam mama viññāṇan ti apariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino taṃ viññāṇam vipariṇamati aññathā hoti ||
tassa viññāṇavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
24 Evam kho gahapati āturakāyo hoti no ca āturacitto ti || ||
25 Idam avoca āyasmā Sāriputto || attamano Nakulapitā gahapati āyasmato Sāriputtassa bhāsitam abhinandīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).2 (2) Devadaha
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Devadahannāma Sakyānam nigamo || ||
2 Atha kho sambahulā pacchābhūmagāmikā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Icchāma mayam bhante pacchābhūmaṃ janapadaṃ gantuṃ pacchābhūme janapade nivāsaṃ kappetun ti || ||
Apalokito pana vo bhikkhave Sāriputto ti || ||
Na kho no bhante apalokito āyasmā Sariputto ti || ||
Apaloketha bhikkhave Sāriputtam || Sāriputto bhikkhave paṇḍito bhikkhūnam anuggāhako sabrahmacārīnan ti || ||
[page 006]
6 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 2. 4
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
4 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Sāriputto Bhagavato avidūre aññatarasmiṃ eḷagalāgumbe nisinno hoti || ||
5 Atha kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
6 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avocuṃ || || Icchāma mayam āvuso Sāriputta pacchābhūmam janapadaṃ gantum pacchābhūme janapade nivāsaṃ kappetuṃ || apalokito no satthā ti || ||
7 Santi hāvuso nānāverajjagatam bhikkhum pañham pucchitāro khattiyapaṇḍitā pi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitā pi gahapatipaṇḍitā pi samaṇapaṇḍitā pi || paṇḍitā hāvuso manussā vīmaṃsakā kiṃvādāyasmantānam satthā kim akkhāyīti || ||
Kacci vo āyasmantānam dhammā sussutā sugahitā sumanasikatā supadhāritā [suppaṭividdhā paññāya] ||
yathā vyākaramānā āyasmanto vuttavādino ceva Bhagavato assatha || na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkheyyātha || dhammassa cānudhammam vyākareyyātha na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgaccheyyāti || ||
8 Dūrato pi kho mayam āvuso āgaccheyyāma āyasmato Sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa attham aññātuṃ ||
sādhu vatāyasmantaṃ yeva Sāriputtam paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho ti || ||
9 Tena hāvuso suṇātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ || ||
Āyasmā Sāriputto etad avoca || ||
[page 007]
XXII. 2. 12] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 7
10 Santi hāvuso nānāverajjagatam bhikkhum pañham pucchitāro khattiyapaṇḍitā pi || la || paṇḍitā hāvuso manussā vīmaṃsakā kiṃvādā panāyasmantānam satthā kim akkhāyīti || Evam puṭṭhā tumhe āvuso evaṃ vyākareyyātha || || Chandarāgavinayakkhāyī kho no āvuso satthā ti || ||
11 Evam vyākate pi kho āvuso assu yeva uttariṃ pañham pucchitāro khattiyapaṇḍitāpi || la || samaṇapaṇḍitāpi || paṇḍitā hāvuso manussā vīmaṃsakā kismim panāyasmantānaṃ chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā ti || || Evam puṭṭhā tumhe āvuso evaṃ vyākareyyātha || || Rūpe kho āvuso chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā || Vedanāya || Saññāya || Saṅkhāresu || Viññāṇe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā ti || ||
12 Evaṃ vyākate pi kho āvuso assu yeva uttariṃ pañham pucchitāro khattiyapaṇḍitā pi || la || samaṇapaṇḍitā pi || paṇḍitā hāvuso manussā vīmaṃsakā kim panāyasmantānam ādīnavaṃ disvā rūpe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā || vedanāya || saññāya || saṅkhāresu || viññāṇe chandarāgavinayakkhāyi satthā ti || || Evam puṭṭhā tumhe āvuso evaṃ vyākareyyātha || Rūpe kho āvuso avigatarāgassa avigatachandassa āvigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa avigatataṇhassa tassa rūpassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || Vedanāya || Saññāya || Saṅkhāresu avigatarāgassa || la || avigatataṇhassa tesaṃ saṅkhārānam viparināmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || Viññāṇe avigatarāgassa avigatachandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa avigatataṇhassa tassa viññāṇassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || || Idaṃ kho no āvuso ādīnavaṃ disvā rūpe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā ti || || vedanāya || saññāya || saṅkhāresu ||
viññāṇe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā ti || ||
[page 008]
8 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 2. 13
13 Evam vyākate pi kho āvuso assu yeva uttariṃ pañham pucchitāro khattiyapaṇḍitā pi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitā pi gahapatipaṇḍitā pi samaṇapaṇḍitā pi || paṇḍitā hāvuso manussā vīmaṃsakā kim panāyasmantānam ānisaṃsaṃ disvā rūpe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā || vedanāya ||
saññāya || saṅkhāresu || viññāṇe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā ti || || Evam puṭṭhā tumhe āvuso evam vyākareyyātha || Rūpe kho āvuso vigatarāgassa vigatachandassa vigatapemassa vigatapipāsassa vigatapariḷāhassa vigatataṇhassa tassa rūpassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || Vedanāya || Saññāya || Saṅkhāresu vigatarāgassa vigatachandassa vigatapemassa vigatapipāsassa vigatapariḷāhassa vigatataṇhassa tesam saṅkhārānaṃ vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || || Viññāṇe vigatarāgassa vigatachandassa vigatapemassa vigatapipāsassa vigatapariḷāhassa vigatataṇhassa tassa viññāṇassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || || Idaṃ kho no āvuso ānisaṃsaṃ disvā rūpe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā || vedanāya || saññāya ||
saṅkhāresu || viññāṇe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā ti || ||
14 Akusale cāvuso dhamme upasampajja viharato diṭṭheva dhamme sukho vihāro abhavissa avighāto anupāyāso aparilāho || kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā || || Nayidam Bhagavā akusalānam dhammānam pahānaṃ vaṇṇeyya || ||
15 Yasmā ca kho āvuso akusale dhamme upasampajja viharato diṭṭheva dhamme dukkho vihāro savighāto saupāyāso sapariḷāho || kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃmaraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā || Tasmā Bhagavā akusalānaṃ dhammānam pahānam vaṇṇeti || ||
16 Kusale cāvuso dhamme upasampajja viharato diṭṭhe ceva dhamme dukkho vihāro abhavissa savighāto saupāyāso sapariḷāho
[page 009]
XXII. 3. 4-7 NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃmaraṇā duggati patikaṅkhā || || Nayidam Bhagavā kusalānaṃ dhammānam upasampadaṃ vaṇṇeya || ||
17 Yasmā ca kho āvuso akusale dhamme upasampajja viharato diṭṭheceva dhamme sukho vihāro avighāto anupāyāso apariḷāho || kāyassa ca bhedā parammaraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā || Tasmā Bhagavā kusalānaṃ dhammānam upasampadaṃ vaṇṇetīti || ||
18 Idam avocāyasmā Sāriputto attamanā te bhikkhū āyasmato Sāriputtassa bhāsitam abhinandun ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).3 (3) Hāliddikāni (1)
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā MahāKaccāno Avantīsu viharati kuraraghare pavatte pabbate || ||
2 Atha kho Hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā MahāKaccāno tenupasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Kaccānam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisidi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantam Mahā-Kaccānam etad avoca || || Vuttam idam bhante Bhagavatā Aṭṭhakavaggike Māgandiya-pañhe || ||
Okam pahāya aniketasāri ||
Gāme akubbam muni santhavāni ||
Kāmehi ritto apurakkharāno ||
Kathaṃ na viggayha janena kayirā ti || ||
Imassa nu kho bhante Bhagavatā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabo ti || ||
4-7 Rūpadhātu kho gahapati viññāṇassa oko || rūpadhāturāgavinibaddhañca pana viññāṇam okasārīti vuccati || ||
Vedanādhātu kho gahapati viññāṇassa oko || vedanādhāturāgavinibaddhañca pana viññāṇam okasārīti vuccati || ||
[page 010]
10 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 3. 8
Saññādhātu kho gahapati viññāṇassa oko || saññādhāturāgavinibaddhañca pana viññānam okasārīti vuccati || ||
Saṅkhāradhātu kho gahapati viññāṇassa oko || saṅkhāradhāturāgavinibaddhañca pana viññāṇam okasārīti vuccati || ||
Evaṃ kho gahapati okasārī hoti || ||
8 Kathaṃ ca gahapati anokasārī hoti ||
9 Rupadhātuyā kho gahapati yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā || te Tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā || || Tasmā Tathāgato anokasārīti vuccati || ||
10 Vedanādhātuyā kho gahapati ||
11 Saññādhātuyā kho gahapati ||
12 Saṅkhāradhātuyā kho gahapati ||
13 Viññāṇadhātuyā kho gahapati yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi- anuppādadhammā || || Tasmā Tathāgato anokasārīti vuccati || ||
14 Evaṃ kho gahapati anokasārī hoti || ||
15 Kathaṃ ca gahapati niketasārī hoti || ||
Rūpanimittaniketasāravinibandhā kho gahapati niketasārī ti vuccati || || Saddanimitta || la || Gandhanimitta ||
Rasanimitta || Phoṭṭhabbanimitta || Dhammanimittaniketasāravinibandhā kho gahapati niketasārī ti vuccati || ||
16 Kathaṃ ca gahapati aniketasārī hoti || ||
Rūpanimittaniketasāravinibandhā kho gahapati Tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā || || Tasmā Tathāgato aniketasārī ti vuccati || ||
Saddanimitta || pe || || Gandhanimitta || || Rasanimitta || ||
Phoṭṭhabbanimitta || ||
Dhammanimittaniketasāravinibandhā kho gahapati Tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā
[page 011]
XXII. 3. 23] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Tasmā Tathāgato aniketasārī ti vuccati || ||
17 Evaṃ kho gahapati aniketasārī hoti || ||
18 Kathaṃ ca gahapati gāme santhavajāto hoti ||
Idha gahapati ekacco gihīhi saṃsaṭṭho viharati ||
sahanandī sahasokī sukhitesu sukhito dukkhitesu dukkhito uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu attanā tesu yogam āpajjati || ||
Evaṃ kho gahapati gāme santhavajāto hoti || ||
19 Kathaṃ ca gahapati gāme na santhavajāto hoti || ||
Idha gahapati bhikkhu gihīhi asaṃsaṭṭho viharati || na sahanandī na sahasokī na sukhitesu sukhito na dukkhitesu dukkhito uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu na attanā tesu yogam āpajjati || || Evam kho gahapati gāme na santhavajāto ti || ||
20 Kathaṃ ca gahapati kāmehi aritto hoti ||
Idha gahapati ekacco kāmesu avigatarāgo hoti avigatachando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho || || Evaṃ kho gahapati kāmehi aritto hoti || ||
21 Kathaṃ ca gahapati kāmehi ritto hoti || ||
Idha gahapati ekacco kāmesu vigatarāgo hoti || vigatachando vigatapemo vigatapipāso vigatapariḷāho vigatataṇho || || Evaṃ kho gahapati kāmehi ritto hoti || ||
22 Kathaṃ ca gahapati purakkharāno hoti ||
Idha gahapati ekaccassa evaṃ hoti || || Evaṃrūpo siyam anāgatam addhānam evaṃvedano siyam anā- evaṃsañño siyaṃ || la || evaṃsaṅkhāro siyaṃ anā- evaṃviññāṇo siyam anāgatam addhānanti || || Evaṃ kho gahapati purakkharāno hoti || ||
23 Kathaṃ ca gahapati apurakkharāno hoti ||
Idha gahapati ekaccassa na evaṃ hoti || Evaṃrūpo siyam anāgatam addhānaṃ || la || Evaṃvedano siyaṃ ||
Evaṃsañño siyaṃ || Evaṃsaṅkhāro siyam Evaṃviññāṇo siyam anāgatam addhānan ti
[page 012]
12 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 3. 24
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Evaṃ kho gahapati apurakkharāno hoti || ||
24 Kathañca gahapati kathaṃ viggayha janena kattā hoti || ||
Idha gahapati ekacco evarūpiṃ kathaṃ kattā hoti || ||
Na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayam ājānāsi aham imaṃ dhammavinayam ājānāmi kiṃ tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānissasi || micchāpaṭipanno tvam asi aham asmi sammāpaṭipanno || pure vacanīyam pacchā avaca pacchā vacanīyaṃ pure avaca || sahitam me asahitan te adhiciṇṇan te viparāvattam || āropito te vādo caravādappamokkhāya niggahīto si nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosīti || || Evaṃ kho gahapati kathaṃ viggayha janena kattā hoti || ||
25 Kathaṃ ca gahapati kathaṃ na viggayha janena kattā hoti ||
Idha gahapati bhikkhu na evarūpiṃ kathaṃ kattā hoti || || Na tvam imaṃ dhammavinayam ajānāsi || la ||
nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī ti || || Evam kho gahapati kathaṃ na viggayha janena kattā hoti || ||
26 Iti kho gahapati yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ Bhagavatā aṭṭhakavaggike Māgandiya-{pañhe} || ||
Okam pahāya aniketasārī ||
Gāme akubbam muni santhavāni ||
Kāmehi ritto apurakkharāno ||
Katham na viggayha janena kayirā ti || ||
Imassa kho gahapati Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).4 (4) Hāliddikāni (2)
1 Evam me sutam || ekaṃ samayam āyasmā MahāKaccāno Avantīsu viharati kuraraghare pavatte pabbate || ||
[page 013]
XXII. 5. 3] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 13
2 Atha kho Hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā MahāKaccāno || la ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantam Mahā-Kaccānam etad avoca || ||
4 Vuttam idam bhante Bhagavatā Sakkapañhe || || Ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttā || te accantaniṭṭhā accantayogakkhemino accantabrahmacārino accantapariyosānā seṭṭhā devamanussānan ti || ||
Imassa nu kho bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
5 Rūpadhātuyā kho gahapati yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā || tesaṃ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā cittaṃ suvimuttan-ti vuccati || ||
6 Vedanādhātuyā kho gahapati || pe ||
7 Saññādhātuyā kho gahapati ||
8 Saṅkhāradhātuyā kho gahapati ||
9 Viññāṇadhātuyā kho gahapati yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā || tesaṃ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā cittaṃ suvimuttan ti vuccati || ||
10 Iti kho gahapati yan taṃ vuttam Bhagavatā Sakkapañhe || || Ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttā: te accantaniṭṭhā accantayogakkhemino accantabrahmacārino accantapariyosānā seṭṭhā devamanussānan ti || || Imassa kho gahapati Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).5 (5) Samādhi
1 Evam me sutaṃ || la || Sāvatthiyam ||
2 Tatra kho || la || etad avoca || || Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhito bhikkhave bhikkhu yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
3 Kiñca yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Rūpassa samudayañ ca atthagamañ ca || vedanāya samudayañca atthagamañ ca
[page 014]
14 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 5. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || saññāya samudayañca atthagamañ ca || saṅkhārāṇaṃ samudayañca atthagamañ ca || viññāṇassa samudayañca atthagamañ ca || ||
4 Ko ca bhikkhave rūpassa samudayo || ko vedanāya samudayo || ko saññāya samudayo || ko saṅkhārānaṃ samudayo || ko viññāṇassa samudayo || ||
5 Idha bhikkhave abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || kiñca abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || ||
6 Rūpam abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
tassa rūpam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandi || || Yā rūpe nandi tad upādānaṃ || tassupādānapaccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti ||
7-9 Vedanam abhinandati || la || Saññam abhinandati ||
pe || Saṅkhāre abhinandati ||
10 Viññāṇam abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
tassa viññāṇam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandi || || Yā viññāṇe nandi tadupādānaṃ ||
tassupādānapaccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā || la || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
11 Ayam bhikkhave rūpassa samudayo || -vedanāya -saññāya || -saṅkhārānaṃ- || ayaṃ viññāṇassa samudayo || ||
12 Ko ca bhikkhave rūpassa atthagamo || ko vedanāya ||
ko saṅkhārānaṃ || ko viññāṇassa atthagamo || ||
Idha bhikkhave nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati || || Kiñca nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati || ||
13 Rūpaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
tassa rūpam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato yā rūpe nandi sā nirujjhati || || Tassa nandinirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānānirodhā bhavanirodho || la || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
14 Vedanaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa vedanam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato yā vedanāya nandi sā nirujjhati
[page 015]
XXII. 7. 2] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 15
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Tassa nandinirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho || bhavanirodhā || pe || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
15 Saññā nābhinandati || pe ||
16 Saṅkhāre nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa saṅkhāre anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato yā saṅkhāresu nandi sā nirujjhati || ||
Tassa nandinirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā || pe ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
17 Viññāṇaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa viññāṇam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato yā viññāṇe nandi sā nirujjhati || || Tassa nandinirodhā upādānanirodho || la || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
18 Ayam bhikkhave rūpassa atthagamo || ayam vedanāya atthagamo || ayaṃ saññāya atthagamo || ayaṃ saṅkhārānam atthagamo || ayaṃ viññāṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).6 (6) Paṭisallāṇā
1 Sāvatthi || Tatra kho || voca || ||
2 Paṭisallāṇe bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha paṭisallīno bhikkhave bhikkhu yathā bhūtam pajānāti || ||
3 Kiñca yathābhūtam pajānāti || Rūpassa samudayañca atthagamañ ca || Vedanāya samudayañca atthagamañ ca ||
Saṅkhārānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañ ca ||
4 Yathā pathamasutte tathā vitthāretabbo || ||
SN_3,22(1).7 (7) Upādāparitassanā
1 Sāvatthi || || Tatra kho || voca || ||
2 Upādāparitassanaṃ ca vo bhikkhave dessissāmi ||
anupādā-aparitassanaṃ ca || || Taṃ suṇātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
[page 016]
16 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 7. 3
Evam bhanteti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave upādā-paritassanā hoti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānam adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ rupasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || ||
Tassa taṃ rūpaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa rūpavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā rūpavipariṇāmānuparivatti viññāṇam hoti || tassa rūpavipariṇāmānuparivattajā paritassanā dhammasamuppādā cittam pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti ||
cetaso pariyādānā uttāsavā ca hoti vighātavā ca apekhavā ca upādāya ca paritassati || ||
5 Vedanam attato samanupassati vedanāvantaṃ vā attānam attani vā vedanaṃ vedanāya vā attānam || || Tassa sā vedanā vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa vedanāpariṇāmaññathābhāvā vedanāpariṇāmānuparivatti viññāṇaṃ hoti || tassa vedanāvipariṇāmānuparivattajā paritassanā dhammasamuppādā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti || cetaso pariyādānā uttāsavā ca hoti vighātavā ca apekhavā ca upādāya ca paritassati || ||
6 Saññam || pe ||
7 Saṅkhāre attato samanupassati || saṅkhāravantaṃ vā attānam attani vā saṅkhāre saṅkhāresu vā attānaṃ || ||
Tassa te saṅkhārā vipariṇamanti aññathā honti || tassa saṅkhāravipariṇamaññathābhāvā saṅkhāravipariṇāmānuparivatti viññāṇaṃ hoti || tassa saṅkhāravipariṇāmānuparivattajā paritassanā dhammasamuppādā cittam pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti || cetaso pariyādānā uttāsavā ca hoti vighātavā ca apekhavā ca upādāya ca paritassati || ||
8 Viññāṇam attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmim vā attānaṃ || ||
Tassa taṃ viññāṇam vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa viññāṇapariṇāmaññāthābhāvā viññāṇavipariṇāmānuparivatti viññāṇaṃ hoti
[page 017]
XXII. 7. 14] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 17
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tassa viññāṇavipariṇāmānuparivattajā paritassanā dhammasamuppādā cittam pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti || cetaso pariyādānā uttāsavā ca hoti vighātavā ca apekhavā ca upādāya ca paritassati || ||
9 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave upādā-paritassanā hoti || ||
10 Kathañ ca bhikkhave anupādā-aparitassanā hoti || ||
11 Idha bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānam dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisānaṃ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ na attani vā rūpaṃ na rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || ||
Tassa taṃ rūpaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa rūpavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā na rūpavipariṇāmānuparivatti viññāṇaṃ hoti || tassa rūpavipariṇāmānuparivattajā paritassanā dhammasamuppādā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti ||
cetaso apariyādānā na ceva uttāsavā hoti na vighātavā na apekhavā anupādāya ca na paritassati || ||
12 Na vedanam attato samanupassati || na vedanāvantam vā attānaṃ na attani vā vedanaṃ na vedanāya vā attānaṃ || || Tassa sā vedanā vipariṇamati aññathā hoti ||
tassa vedanāvipariṇāmaññathābhāvā na vedanāvipariṇamānuparivattiviññāṇam hoti || tassa vedanāvipariṇāmānuparivattajā paritassanā dhammasamuppādā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti || cetaso apariyādānā na ceva uttāsavā hoti ni vighātavā na apekhavā anupādāya ca na paritassati || ||
13 Na saññaṃ || pe ||
14 Na saṅkhāre attato samanupassati || na saṅkhāravantaṃ vā attānam na attani vā saṅkhāre na saṅkhāresu vā attānaṃ || tassa te saṅkhārā vipariṇamanti aññathā honti ||
tassa saṅkhāravipariṇāmaññathābhāvā na saṅkhāravipariṇāmānuparivatti viññāṇaṃ hoti || tassa saṅkhāravipariṇāmānuparivattajā paritassanā dhammasamuppādā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti
[page 018]
18 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 7. 15
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || cetaso apariyādānā na ceva uttāsavā hoti na vighātavā na apekhavā anupādāya ca na paritassati || ||
15 Na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || na viññāṇavantam vā attānam || la || Tassa taṃ viññāṇam vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa viññāṇavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā na viññāṇavipariṇāmānuparivatti viññānaṃ hoti || tassa viññāṇavipariṇāmānuparivattajā paritassanā dhammasamuppādā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti || cetaso apariyādānā na ceva uttāsavā hoti na vighātavā na apekhavā anupādāya ca na paritassati ||
16 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave anupādā-aparitassanā hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).8 (8) Upādā-paritassanā (2)
1 Sāvatthi ||
2 Upādā-paritassanañ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anupādā-aparitassanañ ca || tam suṇātha || ||
3 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave upādā-paritassanā hoti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano Rūpam etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassati || Tassa taṃ rūpaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa rūpapariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
5 Vedanam etam mama || la ||
6 Saññam etam mama ||
7 Saṅkhare etam mama ||
Viññāṇam etam mama esoham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassati || tassa taṃ viññāṇaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa viññāṇavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
9 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave upādā-paritassanā hoti || ||
10 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave anupādā aparitassanā hoti || ||
[page 019]
XXII. 10. 2] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 19
11 Idha bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako Rūpaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti samanupassati || ||
Tassa taṃ rūpaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa rūpavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
12 Vedanaṃ netam mama ||
13 Saññaṃ netam mama ||
14 {Saṅkhārā} netam mama ||
15 Viññāṇaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti samanupassati || tassa taṃ viññāṇam vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa viññāṇavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
16 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave anupādā-aparitassanā hotīti ||
SN_3,22(1).9 (9) Atītānāgatapaccuppanna (1)
1 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
2 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccam atītānāgataṃ || Ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ rūpasmim anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ rūpaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
3 Vedanā aniccā || la ||
4 Saññā aniccā || pe ||
5 Saṅkhārā aniccā atītānāgatā || Ko pana vādo paccuppannānaṃ || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītesu saṅkhāresu anapekho hoti || anāgate saṅkhāre nābhinandati || paccuppannānam saṅkhārānam nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
6 Viññāṇam aniccam atītānāgataṃ || ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ viññāṇasmiṃ anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ viññāṇaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa viññāṇassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).10 (10) Atītānāgatapaccuppanna (2)
1 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
2 Rūpam bhikkhave dukkham atītānagataṃ || ko pana vādo paccuppannassa
[page 020]
20 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 10. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ rūpasmim anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ rūpaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
3 Vedanā dukkhā || pe ||
4 Saññā dukkhā || ||
5 Saṅkhārā dukkhā || ||
6 Viññāṇaṃ dukkham atītānāgataṃ || ko vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ viññāṇasmiṃ anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ viññāṇaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa viññāṇassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).11 (11) Atītānāgatapaccuppanna (3)
1 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
2 Rūpam bhikkhave anattā atītānāgataṃ || ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ rūpasmim anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ rūpaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti ||
3 Vedanā anattā || ||
4 Saññā anattā || ||
5 Saṅkhārā anattā || ||
6 Viññāṇam anattā atītānāgataṃ || ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ viññāṇasmim anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ viññāṇaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa viññāṇassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotī ti || ||
Nakulapituvaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Nakulapitā Devadahā ||
Dve pi Hāliddikāni ca ||
Samādhi Patisallāṇā ||
[page 021]
XXII. 14. 4] ANICCAVAGGO DUTIYO 21
Upādā paritassanā duve ||
Atītānāgatapaccuppannā ||
Vaggo tena vuccati || ||
CHAPTER II ANICCAVAGGO DUTIYO
SN_3,22(1).12 (1) Aniccam
1 Evam me sutaṃ || Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2 Tatra kho || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ || pe || ||
4-6 Vedanā aniccā || Sāññā aniccā || Saṅkhārā aniccā ||
Viññāṇaṃ aniccaṃ ||
7 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim pi nibbindati || Vedanāya pi nibbindati || Saññāya pi nibbindati || Saṅkhāresu pi nibbindati || Viññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).13 (2) Dukkham
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3-7 Rūpaṃ bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || Vedanā dukkhā ||
Saññā dukkhā || Saṅkhārā dukkhā || Viññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ || ||
8 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).14 (3) Anattā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3-7 Rūpam bhikkhave anattā || Vedanā anattā || Saññā anattā || Saṅkhārā anattā || Viññāṇam anattā || ||
4 Evam passam bhikkhave || || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
[page 022]
22 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 15. 1
SN_3,22(1).15 (4) Yad anicca (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ || yad aniccam taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4 Vedanā aniccā || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yam dukkhaṃ tad anattā || Yad anattā taṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
5 Saññā aniccā || ||
6 Saṅkhārā aniccā || ||
7 Viññāṇam aniccam || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || Yad anattā taṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attā ti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
8 Evam passaṃ || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).16 (5) Yad anicca (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā ||
yad anattā taṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4 Vedanā dukkhā || ||
5 Saññā dukkhā || ||
6 Saṅkhārā dukkhā || ||
7 Viññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || ||
Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
8 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).17 (6) Yad anicca (3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave anattā || yad anattā taṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti
[page 023]
XXII. 19. 6] ANICCAVAGGO DUTIYO 23
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ ||
4-5-6 Vedanā anattā || Sañña anattā || Saṅkhārā anattā || ||
7 Viññāṇam anattā || yad anattā taṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
8 Evam passam bhikkhave || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).18 (7) Hetu (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo rūpassa uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtam bhikkhave rūpaṃ kuto niccam bhavissāti || ||
4 Vedanā aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo vedanāya uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtā bhikkhave vedanā kuto niccā bhavissati || ||
5 Sañña aniccā || pe ||
6 Saṅkhārā aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo saṅkhārānam uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtā bhikkhave saṅkhārā kuto niccā bhavissanti || ||
7 Viññāṇam aniccaṃ || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo viññāṇassa uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtam bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ kuto niccam bhavissati || ||
8 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).19 (8) Hetu (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo rūpassa uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhūtam bhikkhave rūpaṃ kuto sukham bhavissati || ||
4 Vedanā dukkhā || pe ||
5 Saññā dukkhā || ||
6 Saṅkhārā dukkhā || ||
[page 024]
24 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 19. 7
7 Viññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo viññāṇassa uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhūtam bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ kuto sukham bhavissati || ||
8 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).20 (9) Hetu (3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave ānattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo rūpassa uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhūtam bhikkhave rūpam kuto attā bhavissati || ||
4-6 Vedanā anattā || Saññā anattā || Saṅkhārā anattā ||
7 Viññāṇam anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo viññāṇassa uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhūtam bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ kuto attā bhavissati || ||
8 Evam passaṃ || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).21 (10) Ānanda
1 Sāvatthiyam ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nirodho nirodho ti bhante vuccati ||
Katamesānaṃ kho bhante dhammānam nirodhā nirodho ti vuccatīti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Ānanda aniccaṃ saṅkhatam paticcasamuppannaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammam || tassa nirodhā nirodho ti vuccati || ||
5 Vedanā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khaya dhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā {nirodhadhammā} tassā nirodhā nirodho ti vuccati || ||
6-7 Saññā aniccā || Saṅkhārā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā tesaṃ nirodhā nirodho ti vuccati
[page 025]
XXII. 22. 5] BHĀRAVAGGO TATIYO 25
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
8 Viññāṇam aniccam saṅkhatam paṭiccasamuppannaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammam tassa nirodhā nirodho ti vuccati || ||
9 Imesaṃ kho Ānanda dhammānam nirodhā nirodho ti vuccati || ||
Aniccavaggo dutiyo || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Aniccaṃ Dukkham Anattā ca ||
Yad aniccā apare tayo ||
Hetunā pi tayo vuttā ||
Ānandena ca te dasā ti || ||
CHAPTER III BHĀRAVAGGO TATIYO
SN_3,22(1).22 (1) Bhāram
1-2 Sāvatthiyaṃ || || Tatra kho || ||
3 Bhāraṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi || bhārahāraṃ ca bhārādānaṃ ca bhāranikkhepanañca || tam suṇātha || ||
4 Katamo bhikkhave bhāro || ||
Pañcupādānakkhandhā tissa vacanīyaṃ || katame pañca || ||
Seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho vedanupādānakkhāndho saññupādānakkhandho saṅkhārupādānakkhandho viññāṇupādānakkhandho || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhāro || ||
5 Katamo ca bhikkhave bhārahāro || Puggalo tissa vacanīyaṃ || yoyaṃ āyasmā evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhārahāro || ||
[page 026]
26 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 22. 6
6 Katamaṃ ca bhikkhave bhārādānaṃ ||
Yāyam taṇhā ponobhavikā nandirāgasahagatā tatra tatrābhinandinī || seyyathīdaṃ kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā || idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhārādānaṃ || ||
7 Katamañca bhikkhave bhāranikkhepanaṃ || yo tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo || idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhāranikkhepaṇan ti || ||
8 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idam vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
Bhārā have pañcakkhandhā ||
bhārahāro ca puggalo ||
bhārādānaṃ dukkhaṃ loke ||
bhāranikkhepanaṃ sukhaṃ ||1||
Nikkhipitvā garuṃ bhāram ||
aññaṃ bhāram ānādīya ||
samūlaṃ taṇham abbhuyha ||
nicchāto parinibbuto ti ||2||
SN_3,22(1).23 (2) Pariñña
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pariññeyye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi pariññañca || taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Katame ca bhikkhave pariññeyyā dhammā || || Rūpam bhikkhave pariññeyyo dhammo || vedanā pariññeyyo dhammo || saññā pariññeyyo dhammo || saṅkhārā pariññeyo dhammo || viññāṇam pariññeyyo dhammo || || Ime vuccanti bhikkhave pariññeyyā dhammā || ||
5 Katamā ca bhikkhave pariññā || || Yo bhikkhave rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo || || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave pariññāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).24 (3) Parijānaṃ (or Abhijānaṃ)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
[page 027]
XXII. 26. 4] BHĀRAVAGGO TATIYO 27
3 Rūpam bhikkhave anabhijānam aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya ||
4 Vedanam anabhijānam || pe ||
5-6 Saññam anabhijānam || Saṅkhāre anabhijānaṃ ||
7 Viññāṇam anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
8 Rūpañca kho bhikkhave abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya ||
9-11 Vedanam abhijānaṃ || Saññam || Saṅkhāre || ||
12 Viññāṇam abhijānam parijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyāti ||
SN_3,22(1).25 (4) Chandarāga
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Yo bhikkhave rūpasmiṃ chandarāgo tam pajahatha || ||
Evaṃ taṃ rūpam pahīnam bhavissati ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukataṃ anabhāvakataṃ āyatim anuppādadhammaṃ || ||
3 Yo vedanāya chandarāgo tam pajahatha || || Evaṃ sā vedanā pahīnā bhavissati ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
4 Yo saññāya chandarāgo ||
5 Yo saṅkhāresu chandarāgo tam pajahatha || || Evaṃ te saṅkhārā pahīnā bhavissanti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
6 Yo viññāṇasmiṃ chandarāgo tam pajahatha || || Evaṃ taṃ viññāṇam pahīnam bhavissati ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukataṃ {anabhāvakataṃ} āyatim anuppādadhamman ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).26 (5) Assādo (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattassa sato etad ahosi || ||
4 Ko nu kho rūpassa assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇaṃ || || Ko vedanāya || || Ko saññāya || || Ko saṅkhārānaṃ ||
Ko viññāṇassa assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇan ti || ||
[page 028]
28 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 26. 5
5 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || ||
6 Yaṃ kho rūpam paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ || ayaṃ rūpassa assādo || || Yaṃ rūpam aniccaṃ dukkham vipariṇāmadhammaṃ || ayaṃ rūpassa ādīnavo || || Yo rūpasmiṃ chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ || idaṃ rūpassa nissaraṇaṃ ||
7 Yaṃ vedanam paṭicca || ||
8 Yaṃ saññam paṭicca || ||
9 Yaṃ saṅkhāre paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ ||
ayaṃ saṅkhārānam assādo || || Yaṃ saṅkhārā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā || ayaṃ saṅkhārānam ādīnavo || ||
Yo saṅkhāresu chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ ||
idaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ || ||
10 Yaṃ viññāṇam paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ || ayaṃ viññāṇassa assādo || || Yaṃ viññāṇam aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ || ayaṃ viññāṇassa ādīnavo || || Yo viññāṇasmiṃ chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ || idaṃ viññāṇassa nissaraṇaṃ || ||
11 Yāva kīvañcāham bhikkhave imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam evam assādañ ca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañ ca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ nābhaññāsiṃ || neva tāvāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ || ||
12 Yato ca khvāham bhikkhave imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam evam assādañ ca assādato ādīnavañ ca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtam abbhaññāsiṃ || athāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ || ||
13 Ñāṇañca pana me dassanam udapādi Akuppā me cetovimutti ayam antimā jāti natthidāni punabbhavoti || ||
[page 029]
XXII. 28. 3] BHĀRAVAGGO TATIYO 29
SN_3,22(1).27 (6) Assādo (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpassāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariṃ || yo rūpassa assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || Yāvatā rūpassa assādo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || ||
4 Rūpassāham bhikkhave ādīnavapariyesanam acariṃ ||
yo rūpassa ādīnavo tad ajjhagamam || yāvatā rūpassa ādīnavo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || ||
5 Rūpassāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesanaṃ acariṃ || yaṃ rūpassa nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā rūpassa nissaraṇam paññāya me taṃ sudiṭṭhaṃ || ||
6-8 Vedanāyāham bhikkhave || ||
9-11 Saññāyāham bhikkhave || ||
12-14 Saṅkhārānāham bhikkhave || ||
15 Viññāṇassāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariṃ || yo viññāṇassa assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā viññāṇassa assādo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || ||
16 Viññāṇassāham bhikkhave ādīnavapariyesanam acariṃ || yo viññāṇassa ādīnavo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā viññāṇassa ādīnavo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || ||
17 Viññāṇassāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesanam acariṃ || yaṃ viññāṇassa nissaraṇam tad ajjhagamaṃ ||
yāvatā viññāṇassa nissaraṇam paññāya me taṃ sudiṭṭhaṃ || ||
18-19 Yāva kīvañcāham bhikkhave imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ nābbhaññāsiṃ || gha || abbhaññāsiṃ || ||
20 Ñāṇañca pana me dassanam udapādi Akuppā me cetovimutti || ayam antimā jāti || natthidāni punabbhavo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).28 (7) Assādo (3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 No cedam bhikkhave rūpassa assādo abhavissa || na yidaṃ sattā rūpasmim sārajjeyyuṃ
[page 030]
30 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 28.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi rūpassa assādo || tasmā sattā rūpasmiṃ sārajjanti || ||
4 No cedam bhikkhave rūpassa ādīnavo abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā rūpasmiṃ nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi rūpassa ādīnavo || tasmā sattā rūpasmiṃ nibbindanti || ||
5 No cedam bhikkhave rūpassa nissaraṇaṃ abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā rūpasmā nissareyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi rūpassa nissaraṇam || tasmā sattā rūpasmā nissaranti || ||
6-8 No cedam bhikkhave vedanāya || ||
9-11 No cedam bhikkhave saññāya || pe ||
12-14 No cedam bhikkhave {saṅkhārānaṃ} nissaraṇam abhavissa || nayidaṃ sattā saṅkhārehi nissareyyuṃ || ||
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi saṅkhārānaṃ nissaraṇam || ||
tasmā sattā saṅkhārehi nissaranti || ||
15 No cedam bhikkhave viññāṇassa assādo abhavissa ||
na yidam sattā viññāṇasmiṃ sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi viññāṇassa assādo || tasmā sattā viññāṇasmiṃ sārajjanti || ||
16 No cedam bhikkhave viññāṇassa ādīnavo abhavissa ||
na yidaṃ sattā viññāṇasmiṃ nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi viññāṇassa ādīnavo || tasmā sattā viññāṇasmiṃ nibbindanti || ||
17 No cedam bhikkhave viññāṇassa nissaraṇam abhavissa || na yidaṃ sattā viññāṇasmā nissareyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi viññāṇassa nissaraṇam || tasmā sattā viññāṇasmā nissaranti || ||
18 Yāva kīvañca bhikkhave imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam assādaṃ ca assādato ādīnavaṃ ca ādīnavato nissaranaṃ ca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ nābbhaññaṃsu || neva tāva bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇipajā sadevamanussā nissaṭā visaññuttā vippamuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā vihariṃsu
[page 031]
XXII. 30. 3] BHĀRAVAGGO TATIYO 31
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
19 Yato ca kho bhikkhave sattā imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam assādaṃ ca assādato ādīnavaṃ ca ādīnavato nissaraṇaṃ ca nissaraṇato yathābhūtam abbhaññaṃsu || atha bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇipajā sadevamanussā nissaṭā visaññuttā vippamuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā viharantīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).29 (8) Abhinandanam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Yo bhikkhave rūpam abhinandati dukkhaṃ so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
4 Yo vedanam abhinandati || ||
5 Yo saññam abhinandati || ||
6 Yo saṅkhāre abhinandati || ||
7 Yo viññāṇam abhinandati dukkhaṃ so abhinandati ||
yo dukkham abhinandati aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
8 Yo ca kho bhikkhave rūpam nābhinandati dukkhaṃ so nābhinandati parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
9 Yo vedanaṃ nābhinandati || pe ||
10 Yo saññaṃ nābhinandati || ||
11 Yo saṅkhāre nābhinandati || ||
12 Yo viññāṇaṃ nābhinandati dukkhaṃ so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati parimutto so dukkhasmāti vadāmīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).30 (9) Uppādaṃ
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Yo bhikkhave rūpassa uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo
[page 032]
32 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 30. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
4-6 Yo vedanāya || || Yo saññāya || || Yo saṅkhārānam || ||
7 Yo viññāṇassa uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
8 Yo ca bhikkhave rūpassa nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo || ||
9-11 Yo vedanāya || || Yo saññāya || || Yo saṅkhārānaṃ || ||
12 Yo viññāṇassa nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānam vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa atthagamoti || ||
SN_3,22(1).31 (10) Aghamūlaṃ
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Aghañ ca bhikkhave desissāmi aghamūlañ ca || taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Katamañca bhikkhave aghaṃ || ||
Rūpam bhikkhave aghaṃ || vedanā aghaṃ || saññā aghaṃ ||
saṅkhārā aghaṃ || viññāṇam aghaṃ || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave aghaṃ || ||
5 Katamañ ca bhikkhave aghamūlaṃ || || Yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandirāgasahagatā tatra tatrābhinandinī ||
seyyathīdaṃ Kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā || ||
Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave aghamūlan ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).32 (11) Pabhaṅgu
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pabhaṅguṃ ca bhikkhave desissāmi apabhaṅguṃ ca || ||
Taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Kiñca bhikkhave pabhaṅgu kiñca apabhaṅgu || ||
[page 033]
XXII. 33. 7] NATUMHĀKAVAGGO CATUTTHO 33
5 Rūpam bhikkhave pabhaṅgu || yo tassa nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo idam apabhaṅgu || ||
6 Vedanā pabhaṅgu || yo tassā nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo idam apabhaṅgu || ||
7 Saññā pabhaṅgu || ||
8 Saṅkhārā pabhaṅgu || yo tesaṃ nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo idam apabhaṅgu || ||
9 Viññāṇam pabhaṅgu || yo tassa nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo idam apabhaṅgūti || ||
Bhāravaggo tatiyo || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Bhāram Pariññaṃ Parijānaṃ ||
Chandarāgaṃ ca catutthakam ||
Assādā ca tayo vuttā ||
Abhinandanam aṭṭhamam ||
Uppādam Aghamūlañ ca ||
Ekādasamo Pabhaṅgūti || ||
CHAPTER IV NATUMHĀKAVAGGO CATUTTHO
SN_3,22(1).33 (1) Natumhāka (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Yam bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
4 Kiñca bhikkhave na tumhākam || ||
5 Rūpam bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
6 Vedanā na tumhākam tam pajahatha || sā vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
7 Saññā || pe ||
[page 034]
34 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 33. 8
8 Saṅkhārā na tumhākaṃ te pajahatha || te vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || ||
9 Viññāṇaṃ na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
10 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yam imasmiṃ Jetavane tiṇakaṭṭha-sākhā-palāsam taṃ jano hareyya vā ḍaheyya va yathāpaccayaṃ vā kareyya || api nu tumhākam evam assa Amhe jano harati vā ḍahati vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karotīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Tam kissa hetu || ||
Na hi no etam bhante attā vā attaniyaṃ vā ti || ||
11 Evam eva kho bhikkhave rūpam na tumhākaṃ || tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati ||
Vedanā na tumhākam || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā na tumhākaṃ || || Viññāṇaṃ na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ hi vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).34 (2) Na tumhākaṃ (2)4
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Yaṃ bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
4 Kiñca bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ || ||
5 Rūpam bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ || tam pajahatha || ||
Tam vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
6-8 Vedanā na tumhākaṃ || pe || || Saññā na tumhākaṃ || ||
Saṅkhārā na tumhākaṃ || ||
9 Viññāṇaṃ na tumhākaṃ || tam pajahatha || || Tam vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave na tumhākam tam pajahatha || Taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).35 (3) Bhikkhu (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
[page 035]
XXII. 35. 9] NATUMHĀKAVAGGO CATUTTHO 35
I
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
3 Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho bhikkhu anuseti tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati ||
yaṃ nānuseti na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchatīti || ||
Aññātam Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ ce bhante anuseti tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
Vedanaṃ ce anuseti tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Saññaṃ ce anuseti tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Saṅkhāre ce anuseti tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Viññāṇam ce anuseti tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
7 Rūpaṃ ce bhante nānuseti na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati ||
Vedanaṃ ce || || Saññaṃ ce || || Saṅkhare ce || || Viññānaṃ ce nānuseti na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Imassa kho ham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
8 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || ||
Rūpaṃ ce bhikkhu anuseti tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
vedanaṃ ce || pe || saññaṃ ce || || saṅkhāre ce || || viññāṇaṃ ce anuseti tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Rūpaṃ ce bhikkhu nānuseti na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || vedanaṃ ce || ||
saññaṃ ce || || saṅkhāre ce || || viññāṇaṃ ce nānuseti na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Imassa kho bhikkhave saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
9 Atha kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi
[page 036]
36 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 35. 10
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
II
10 Atha kho so bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahītatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajjanti || tad anuttaraṃ brahmacariya-pariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || || Khīṇā jati vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam itthattāyā ti abbhaññāsi || ||
11 Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahatam ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).36 (4) Bhikkhu (2)
1 Sāvatthi || || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā || pe || Ekam antam nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
3 Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu yam aham Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahītatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho bhikkhu anuseti tam anumīyati || yam anumīyati tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Yaṃ nānuseti na tam anumīyati || yaṃ nānumīyati na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchatīti || ||
Aññātaṃ Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ ce bhante anuseti tam anumīyati || yam anumīyati tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Vedanaṃ ce anuseti || ||
Saññaṃ ce anuseti || || Saṅkhāre ce anuseti || || Viññāṇaṃ ce anuseti tam anumīyati || yam anumīyati tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
7 Rūpaṃ ce bhante nānuseti na tam anumīyati || yaṃ nānumīyati na tena saṅkham gacchati
[page 037]
XXII. 37. 3] NATUMHĀKAVAGGO CATUTTHO 37
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Vedanaṃ ce nānuseti || || Saññaṃ ce nānuseti || || Saṅkhāre ce nānuseti || ||
Viññāṇaṃ ce nānuseti na tam anumīyati || yaṃ nānumīyati na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Imassa kho ham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
8 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Rūpaṃ ce bhikkhave anuseti tam anumīyati || yam anumīyati tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Vedanaṃ ce || pe || Saññaṃ ce || Saṅkhāre ce || || Viññāṇaṃ ce bhikkhu anuseti taṃ anumīyati ||
yam anumīyati tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Rūpaṃ ce bhikkhu nānuseti na tam anumīyati || yaṃ nānumīyati na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Vedanaṃ ce || || Saññaṃ ce || ||
Saṅkhāre ce || || Viññāṇaṃ ce nānuseti na tam anumīyati ||
yaṃ nānumīyati na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Imassa kho bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabo ti || ||
9 Atha kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
10 Atha kho so bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto ||pe ||
11 Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahatam ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).37 (5) Ānanda (1)
1 Savatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando || pa ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Ānandaṃ Bhagavā etad avoca || || Sace tam Ānanda evam puccheyyuṃ || || Katamesam āvuso Ānanda dhammānam uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyatīti || evam puṭṭho tvam Ānanda kinti vyākareyyāsīti || ||
[page 038]
38 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 37. 4
4 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || || Katamesam āvuso Ānanda dhammānam uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyatīti || evam puṭṭho ham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || ||
5 Rūpassa kho āvuso uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyati || || Vedanāya || Saññāya ||
Saṅkhārānam || Viññāṇassa uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyati || || Imesaṃ kho āvuso dhammānam uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyatīti || || Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyanti || ||
6 Sādhu sādhu Ānanda || || Rūpassa kho Ānanda uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyati || || Vedanāya || Saññāya || Saṅkhārānaṃ || Viññāṇassa uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyati || || Imesaṃ kho Ānanda dhammānam uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitānaṃ aññathattam paññāyatīti || || Evam puṭṭho tvaṃ Ānanda evaṃ vyākareyyāsīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).38 (6) Ānanda (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ārāme || || Atha kho {āyasmā} Ānando ||
pa || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Ānandam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Sace taṃ Ānanda evam puccheyyuṃ || || Katamesaṃ āvuso Ānanda dhammānam uppādo paññāyittha vayo paññāyittha ṭhitānam aññathattam paññayittha || || Katamesaṃ dhammāṇam uppādo paññāyissati vayo paññāyissati ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyissati || || Katamesaṃ dhammānam uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyatīti || ||
Evam puṭṭho tvaṃ Ānanda kinti vyākareyyāsīti || ||
4 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || || Katamesam āvuso Ānanda dhammānam uppādo paññāyittha vayo paññayittha ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyittha || Katamesaṃ dhammānam uppādo paññāyissati vayo paññāyissati ṭhitānaṃ aññathattam paññāyissati
[page 039]
XXII. 38. 8] NATUMHĀKAVAGGO CATUTTHO 39
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || katamesaṃ dhammānam uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyatīti || || Evam puṭṭho ham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || ||
5 Yaṃ kho āvuso rūpam atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇatam ||
tassa uppādo paññāyittha vayo paññāyittha ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyittha || || Yā vedanā atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā || tassā uppādo paññāyittha vayo paññāyittha ṭhitāya aññathattam paññāyittha || || Yā sañña || || Ye saṅkhārā atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā || tesam uppādo paññāyittha vayo paññāyittha ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyittha || || Yaṃ viññāṇam atītaṃ niruddham vipariṇataṃ || tassa uppādo paññāyittha vayo paññāyittha ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ paññāyittha || ||
Imesaṃ kho āvuso dhammānam uppādo paññāyittha vayo paññāyittha ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyittha || ||
6 Yaṃ kho āvuso rūpam ajātam apātubhūtaṃ || tassa uppādo paññāyissati vayo paññāyissati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyissati || ||pe || || Yaṃ viññāṇam ajātam apātubhūtam || tassa uppādo paññāyissati vayo paññāyissati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyissati || ||
Imesaṃ kho āvuso dhammānam uppādo paññāyissati vayo paññāyissati ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyissati || ||
7 Yaṃ kho āvuso rūpaṃ jātam pātubhūtaṃ tassa uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyati || ||
Yā vedanā jātā pātubhūtā || la || Yā saññā || Ye saṅkhārā jātā pātubhūtā || tesam uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyati || || Yaṃ viññāṇaṃ jātam pātubhūtaṃ tassa uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyati || ||
Imesaṃ kho āvuso dhammānaṃ uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyatīti || || Evam puṭṭho ham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyan ti || ||
8 Sādhu sādhu Ānanda || || Yaṃ kho Ānanda rūpam atītaṃ niruddham vipariṇataṃ || tassa uppādo paññāyittha vayo paññāyittha ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyittha || || Yā vedanā
[page 040]
40 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 38. 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Yā saññā || || Ye saṅkhārā || || Yaṃ viññāṇam atītaṃ niruddhaṃ pariṇatam || tassa uppādo paññāyittha vayo paññāyittha ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyittha || ||
Imesaṃ kho Ānanda dhammānam uppādo paññāyittha vayo paññāyittha ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyittha || ||
9 Yaṃ kho Ānanda rūpam ajātam apātubhūtaṃ || tassa uppādo paññāyissati vayo paññāyissati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyissati || || Yā vedanā || || Yā saññā || || Ye saṅkharā || || Yaṃ viññāṇam ajātam apātubhūtam || tassa uppādo paññāyissati vayo paññāyissati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyissati || ||
Imesaṃ kho Ānanda dhammānam uppādo paññāyissati vayo paññāyissati ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ paññāyissati || ||
10 Yaṃ kho Ānanda rūpaṃ jātam pātubhūtaṃ || tassa uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññāthattam paññāyati || || Yā vedanā || || Yā saññā || || Ye saṅkhārā || ||
Yaṃ viññāṇam jātam pātubhūtam || tassa uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyati || ||
Imesaṃ kho Ānanda dhammānam uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyatīti || ||
11 Evam puṭṭho tvam Ānanda vyākareyyāsīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).39 (7) Anudhamma (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Dhammānudhammapaṭipannassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno ayam anudhammo hoti || yaṃ rūpe nibbidā-bahulaṃ vihareyya || vedanāya nibbidā-bahulaṃ vihareyya || saññāya nibbidā-bahulaṃ vihareyya || saṅkhāresu nibbidā-bahulaṃ vihareyya || viññāṇe nibbidā-bahulaṃ vihareyya || ||
4 So rūpe nibbidā-bahulaṃ viharanto || vedanāya || saññāya || saṅkhāresu nibbidā-bahulaṃ viharanto || viññāṇe nibbidā-bahulaṃ viharanto rūpam parijānāti || vedanaṃ ||
saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇam parijānāti || ||
5 So rūpam parijānaṃ || vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre ||
viññāṇaṃ parijānaṃ parimuccati rūpamhā || parimuccati vedanāya
[page 041]
XXII. 42. 5] NATUMHĀKAVAGGO CATUTTHO 41
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || pari- saññāya || pari- saṅkharehi || pari- viññāṇamhā || pari- jātiyā jarāmaṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi || parimuccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).40 (8) Anudhamma (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3-5 Dhammānudhammapaṭipannassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno ayam anudhammo hoti || yaṃ rūpe aniccānupassī vihareyya || la || parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).41 (9) Anudhamma (3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3-5 Dhammānudhamma || la || Yaṃ rūpe dukkhānupassī vihareyya || la || parimuccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).42 (10) Anudhamma (4)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Dhammānudhammapaṭipannassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno ayam anudhammo hoti || yaṃ rūpe anattānupassī vihareyya || vedanāya || {saññāya} || saṅkhāresu || viññāṇe anattānupassī vihareyya || ||
4 So rūpe anattānupassī viharanto || pe || rūpam parijānāti || vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇam parijānāti || ||
5 So rūpam parijānaṃ || vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre ||
viññāṇaṃ parijānaṃ parimuccati rūpamhā || parimuccati vedanāya || parimuccati saññāya || parimuccati saṅkhārehi ||
parimuccati viññāṇamhā || parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi || parimuccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmīti || ||
Natumhākavaggo catuttho ||
uddānaṃ || ||
[page 042]
42 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 43. 1-2
Natumhākena dve vuttā ||
Bhikkhūhi apare duve || ||
Ānandena ca dve vuttā ||
Anudhammehi dve dukā ti || ||
CHAPTER V ATTADĪPAVAGGO PAÑCAMO
SN_3,22(1).43 (1) Attadīpa
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Attadīpā bhikkhave viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā || ||
4 Attadīpānam bhikkhave viharatam attasaraṇānam anaññasaraṇānaṃ dhammadīpānaṃ dhammasaraṇānam anaññasaraṇānaṃ yoni yeva upaparikkhitabbo || kiṃjātikā sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā kimpahotikā ti || ||
5 Kiṃjātikā ca bhikkhave sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā kim pahotikā || ||
6 Idha bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānam adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || rūpavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā rūpam rūpasmiṃ vā attānam || ||
Tassa taṃ rūpam vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa rūpavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
7 Vedanam attato samanupassati vedanāvantaṃ va attānam attani vā vedanaṃ vedanāya vā attānaṃ || || Tassa sā vedanā vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa vedanāvipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparideva || la || upāyāsā || ||
8 Saññaṃ attato samanupassati || ||
9 Saṅkhāre attato samanupassati || ||
10 Viññāṇam attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ va attānam || ||
[page 043]
XXII. 44. 1-2] ATTADĪPAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 43
Tassa taṃ viññāṇam pariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa viññāṇapariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
11 Rūpassa tveva bhikkhave aniccataṃ viditvā vipariṇāmaṃ virāgaṃ nirodhaṃ || pubbe ceva rūpam etarahi ca sabbaṃ rūpam aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ viparināmadhammanti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato ye sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā te pahīyanti || tesam pahānā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ sukhaṃ viharati || sukhaṃ viharaṃ bhikkhu tadaṅganibbuto ti vuccati || ||
12 Vedanāya tveva bhikkhave aniccataṃ viditvā vipariṇāmaṃ virāgaṃ nirodhaṃ || pubbe ceva vedanā etarahi ca sabbā vedanā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā ti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato ye sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā te pahīyanti || tesam pahānā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ sukhaṃ viharati || sukhaṃ viharaṃ bhikkhu tadaṅganibbuto ti vuccati || ||
13 Saññāya tveva bhikkhave || pe ||
14 Saṅkhārānaṃ tveva bhikkhave aniccataṃ viditvā vipariṇāmam virāgam nirodhaṃ || pubbe ceva saṅkhārā etarahi ca sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā ti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato ye sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā te pahīyanti ||
tesam pahānā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ sukhaṃ viharati ||
sukhaṃ viharaṃ bhikkhu tadaṅganibbutoti vuccati || ||
15 Viññāṇassa tveva bhikkhave aniccataṃ viditvā vipariṇāmaṃ virāgaṃ nirodhaṃ || pubbe ceva viññāṇam etarahi ca sabbaṃ viññāṇam aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammanti evam etaṃ yathabhūtam sammappaññāya passato ye sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā te pahiyanti ||
tesam pahānā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ sukhaṃ viharati ||
sukhaṃ viharaṃ bhikkhu tadaṅganibbuto ti vuccatīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).44 (2) Paṭipadā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
[page 044]
44 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 44. 3
3 Sakkāyasamudayagāminiṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi sakkāyanirodhagāminiṃ ca paṭipadaṃ || taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Katamā ca bhikkhave sakkāya samudayagāminī paṭipadā || ||
5 Idha bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānam adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || rūpavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā rūpam rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ ||
6-8 Vedanam attato || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || ||
9 Viññāṇam attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || ||
10 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyasamudayagāminī paṭipadā sakkāyasamudayagāminī paṭipadāti || Iti idam bhikkhave vuccati dukkhasamudayagāminī samanupassanāti ayam evettha attho || ||
11 Katamā ca bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhagāminī patipadā || ||
12 Idha bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisānaṃ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantaṃ vā attānam na attani vā rūpam na rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || ||
13-15 Na vedanam attato || || Na saññaṃ || || Na saṅkhāre || ||
16 Na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || na viññāvantam vā attānaṃ na attani vā viññāṇam na viññāṇasmim vā attānaṃ || ||
17 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ti || || Iti hidam bhikkhave vuccati dukkhanirodhagāminī samanupassanā ti ayam evettha atthoti || ||
SN_3,22(1).45 (3) Aniccatā (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccam || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ
[page 045]
XXII. 46. 8] ATTADĪPAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 45
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbam || evam etaṃ sammappaññāya passato cittaṃ virajjati vimuccati anupādāya āsavehi || ||
4-6 Vedanā aniccā || || Saññā || || {Saṅkhārā} || ||
7 Viññāṇam aniccam || yad aniccamo -cittam virajjati vimuccati anupādāya āsavehi || ||
8 Rūpadhātuyā ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno cittam virattaṃ vimuttaṃ hoti anupādāya āsavehi || || Vedanādhatuyā ce- || ||
Saññādhātuyā ce- || || Saṅkhāradhātuyā ce- || || Viññāṇadhātuyā ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno cittaṃ virattaṃ vimuttaṃ hoti anupādāya āsavehi vimuttatā ṭhitam || ṭhitattā santussitaṃ || santussitattā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).46 (4) Aniccatā (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-6 Vedanā aniccā || || Saññā aniccā || || Saṅkhārā aniccā || ||
7 Viññāṇam aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ tam dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
8 Evam etaṃ yathābhūtam sammappaññāya passato pubbantānudiṭṭhiyo na honti || pubbantānudiṭṭhīnaṃ asati aparantānudiṭṭhiyo na honti
[page 046]
46 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 47. 1-2
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || aparantānudiṭṭhīnam asati thāmaso parāmaso na hoti || thāmase parāmase asati rūpasmiṃ || vedanāya || saññāya || saṅkhāresu || viññāṇasmiṃ cittam virajjati vimuccati anupādāya āsavehi || || Vimuttattā ṭhitaṃ ṭhitattā santusitaṃ santusitattā na paritassati ||
aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati || || Khīṇā jāti-itthattāyāti na pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).47 (5) Samanupassanā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitam attānam samanupassamānā samanupassanti || sabbe te pañcupādānakkhandhe samanupassanti etesaṃ vā aññataraṃ || ||
4 Katame pañca || ||
Idha bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī ||
la || sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati ||
rūpavantam vā attānam attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || Vedanaṃ || || Saññam || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇam attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā viññāṇam viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānam || || Iti ayaṃ ceva samanupassanā Asmīti cassa adhigataṃ hoti || ||
5 Asmīti kho pana bhikkhave adhigate atha pañcannam indriyānam avakkanti hoti || cakkhundriyassa sotindriyassa ghānindriyassa jivhindriyassa kāyindriyassa || ||
6 Atthi bhikkhave mano atthi dhammā atthi vijjādhātu || avijjāsamphassajena bhikkhave vedayitena puṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa Asmīti pissa hoti ||
Ayam aham asmīti pissa hoti || Bhavissanti pissa hoti || Na bhavissanti pissa hoti || Rūpī bhavissanti pissa hoti || Arūpī bhavissanti pissa hoti || Saññī bhavissanti pissa hoti ||
Asaññī bhavissanti pissa hoti || || Nevasaññīnāsaññī bhavissanti pissa hoti || ||
[page 047]
XXII. 48. 13-15] ATTADIPAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 47
7 Tiṭṭhanti kho pana bhikkhave tattheva pañcindriyāni || || Athettha sutavato ariyasāvakassa avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjati || || Tassa avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā Asmīti pissa na hoti || Ayam aham asmīti pissa na hoti ||
Bhavissanti || Na bhavissanti || Rūpī || Ārūpī || Saññī || Asaññī ||
Nevasaññīnāsaññī bhavissanti pissa na hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).48 (6) Khandhā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pañca bhikkhave khandhe desissāmi pañcupādānakkhandhe ca || taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Katame ca bhikkhave pañcakkhandhā || ||
5 Yaṃ kiñci bhikkhave rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā ayaṃ vuccati rūpakkhandho || ||
6-7 Yā kāci vedanā || Yā kāci saññā || pe || ||
8 Ye keci saṅkhārā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattam vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā || pa || ayaṃ vuccati saṅkhārakkhandhā || ||
9 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā ayaṃ vuccati viññāṇakkhandho || ||
10 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave pañcakkhandhā || ||
11 Katame ca bhikkhave pañcupādānakkhandhā || ||
12 Yaṃ kiñci bhikkhave rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ || la || yaṃ dūre santike vā sāsavam upādānīyaṃ ||
ayaṃ vuccati rūpupādānākkhandho || ||
13-15 Yā kāci vedanā || la || yā dūre santike vā sāsavā upādānīyā ayaṃ vuccati vedanupādānakkhandho || || Yā {kāci} saññā || pe || Ye keci saṅkhārā || gha || sāsavā upādānīyā ayaṃ vuccati saṅkhārupādānakkhandho || ||
[page 048]
48 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 48. 16
16 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ || la ||
yaṃ dūre santike vā sāsavam upādānīyam || ayaṃ vuccati viññāṇupādānakkhandho || ||
17 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave pañcupādānakkhandhāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).49 (7) Soṇo (1)
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho Soṇo gahapatiputto yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā || la || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Soṇaṃ gahapatiputtam Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Ye keci Soṇa samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā aniccena rūpena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena Seyyo ham asmīti samanupassanti || Sadiso ham asmīti samanupassanti ||
Hīno ham asmīti vā samanupassanti || kim aññattha yathābhūtassa adassanā || ||
5 Aniccāya vedanāya dukkhāya vipariṇāmadhammāya Seyyo ham asmīti vā samanupassanti || Sadiso ham asmīti vā samanupassanti Hīno ham asmīti vā samanupassanti ||
kim aññattha yathābhūtassa adassanā ||
6 Aniccāya saññāya || ||
7 Aniccehi saṅkhārehi dukkhehi vipariṇāmadhammehi Seyyo ham asmīti vā samanupassanti || Sadiso ham asmīti vā samanupassanti || Hīno ham asmīti vā samanupassanti ||
kim aññattha yathābhūtassa adassanā || ||
8 Aniccena viññāṇena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena Seyyo ham asmīti vā samanupassanti || Sadiso ham asmīti vā samanupassanti || Hīno ham asmīti vā samanupassanti ||
kim aññattha yathābhūtassa adassanā || ||
9 Ye keci Soṇa samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā aniccena rūpena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena Seyyo ham asmīti pi na samanupassanti || Sadiso ham asmīti pi na samanupassanti
[page 049]
XXII. 49.23] ATTADĪPAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 49
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Hīno ham asmīti pi na samanupassanti || kim aññattha yathābhūtassa dassanā || ||
10-12 Aniccāya vedanāya || || Aniccāya saññāya || ||
Aniccehi saṅkhārehi || ||
13 Aniccena viññāṇena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena Seyyo ham asmīti pi na samanupassanti || Sadiso ham asmīti pi na samanupassanti || Hīno ham asmīti pi na samanupassanti || kim aññattha yathābhūtassa dassanā || ||
14 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Soṇa || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassitum Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
16-17 Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
18 Viññānaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu tam samanupassitum Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
19 Tasmātiha Soṇa yaṃ kiñci rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikam vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammapaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
20-22 Yā kāci vedanā || || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci saṅkhārā || ||
23 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ va sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbam viññāṇaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ
[page 050]
50 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 49. 24
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
24 Evam passaṃ Soṇa sutavā ariyasāvako rupasmim pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || saññāya pi nibbindati ||
saṅkhāresu pi nibbindati || viññānasmim pi nibbindati || ||
Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmim vimuttam iti ñāṇam hoti || || Khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyam kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).50 (8) Soṇo (2)
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho Soṇo gahapatiputto yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Soṇam gahapatiputtam Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Ye keci Soṇa samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā Rūpaṃ na pajānanti || rūpasamudayaṃ na pajānanti || rūpanirodhaṃ na pajānanti || rūpanirodhagāminiṃ patipadaṃ na pajānanti || || Vedanaṃ na pajānanti || vedanāsamudayaṃ na pajānanti || vedanāsamudayaṃ na pajānanti || vedanānirodhaṃ na pajānanti || vedanānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na pajānanti || Saññaṃ na pajānanti || pe || || Saṅkhāre na pajānanti || sankhārasamudayaṃ na pajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhaṃ na pajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na pajānanti || Viññāṇam na pajānanti || viññāṇasamudayaṃ na pajānanti || viññāṇanirodhaṃ na pajānanti || viññāṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na pajānanti || na me te Soṇa samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ vā brāhmaññattham vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
5 Ye ca kho keci Soṇa samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā Rūpam pajānanti rūpasamudayam pajānanti rūpanirodham pajānanti
[page 051]
XXII. 52. 1-2] ATTADIPAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 51
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || rūpanirodhagāminim paṭipadam pajānanti || Vedanam pajānanti || pe || Saññam pajānanti || Saṅkhāre pajānanti || Viññāṇam pajānanti || viññāṇasamudayam pajānanti ||
viññāṇanirodham pajānanti viññāṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadam pajānanti || te kho me Soṇa samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇasammatā || te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ ca brāhmaññatthaṃ ca diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchi katvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
SN_3,22(1).51 (9) Nandikkhaya (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Aniccaññeva bhikkhave bhikkhu rūpaṃ Aniccanti passati || yāyaṃ hoti sammādiṭṭhi sammāpassaṃ nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo ||
nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
4 Aniccaññeva bhikkhave bhikkhu vedanaṃ Aniccā ti passati || yāyaṃ hoti sammādiṭṭhi sammāpassaṃ nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo ||
nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
5 Aniccaññeva bhikkhave bhikkhu saññam Aniccāti passati || pe ||
6 Anicce yeva bhikkhave bhikkhu saṅkhāre Aniccāti passati || Yāyaṃ hoti sammādiṭṭhi sammāpassaṃ nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo ||
nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
7 Aniccaññeva bhikkhave bhikkhu viññāṇam Aniccanti passati || Yāyaṃ hoti sammādiṭṭhi sammāpassaṃ nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo ||
nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti vuccatīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).52 (10) Nandikkhaya (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
[page 052]
52 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 52. 3
Rūpam bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha rūpāniccatañca yathābhutaṃ samanupassatha || rūpam bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto rūpāniccatañ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassanto rūpasmiṃ nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
4 Vedanam bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha vedanāniccatañca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassatha || vedanam bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto vedanāniccatañca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassanto vedanāya nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || nandirāgakkhayā cittam vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
5 Saññam bhikkhave || ||
6 Saṅkhāre bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha saṅkhārāniccatañca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassatha || saṅkhāre bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto saṅkhārāniccatañca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassanto saṅkhāresu nibbindati ||
nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
7 Viññāṇam bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha viññāṇāniccatañca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassatha || viññāṇam bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasikaronto viññāṇāniccatañca yathābhūtam samanupassanto viññāṇasmiṃ nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti vuccatīti || ||
Attadīpavaggo pañcamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Attadīpā Paṭipadā || dve ca honti Aniccatā ||
Samanupassanā Khandhā || dve Soṇa dve Nandikkhayena cā ti || ||
Mūlapaññāsakaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tassa mūlapaññāsakassa vaggassuddānam || ||
[page 053]
XXII. 53. 11] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 53
Nakulapitā Aniccā ca ||
Bhārena Tumhākena ca ||
Attadīpena paññāso ||
Pathamo tena vuccatīti || ||
SECTION II MAJJHIMA-PAÑÑĀSA
CHAPTER I UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO
SN_3,22(1).53 (1) Upāyo
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Upāyo bhikkhave avimutto anupāyo vimutto || ||
4 Rūpupāyam bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya rūpārammaṇaṃ rūpapatiṭṭhaṃ nandupasevanaṃ {virūḷhiṃ} vuddhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyya || || {Saṅkhārā}rammaṇaṃ saṅkhārapatiṭṭhaṃ nandupasevanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyya || ||
5 Yo bhikkhave evaṃ vadeyya || Aham aññatra rūpā aññatra vedanāya aññatra saññāya aññatra saṅkhārehi viññāṇassa āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā cutiṃ vā upapattiṃ vā vuddhiṃ vā virūḷhiṃ vā vepullaṃ vā paññāpessamīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || ||
6-10 Rūpadhātuyā ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno rāgo pahīno hoti || rāgassa pahānā vocchijjatārammaṇam patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti || || Vedanāya dhātuyā ce bhikkhave || ||
Saññādhātuyā ce bhikkhave || || Saṅkhāradhātuyā ce bhikkhave || || Viññāṇadhātuyā ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno rāgo pahīno hoti || rāgassa pahānā vocchijjatārammaṇaṃ patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti || ||
11 Tad apatiṭṭhitam viññāṇam {avirūḷhaṃ} anabhisaṅkhārañca vimuttam
[page 054]
54 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 54. 1-2
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || vimuttattā ṭhitam ṭhitattā santusitaṃ santusitattā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).54 (2) Bījam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pañcimāni bhikkhave bījajātāni || || Katamāni pañca || ||
Mūlabījaṃ khandhabījam aggabījam phalubījam bījabījaññeva pañcamaṃ || ||
4 Imāni cassu bhikkhave pañcabījajātāni akhaṇḍāni apūtīni avātātapahatāni sārādāni sukhasayitāni pathavī ca nāssa āpo ca nāssa || || Api nu imāni bhikkhave pañcabījajātāni vuddhiṃ {virūḷhiṃ} vepullam āpajjeyyunti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
5 Imāni cassu bhikkhave pañcabījajātāni khaṇḍāni pūtīni vātātapahatāni sārādāni na sukhasayitāni pathavī ca assa āpo ca assa || Api nu imāni bhikkhave pañcabījajātāni vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyyunti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
6 Imāni cassu bhikkhave pañcabījajātāni akhaṇḍāni || la ||
sukhasayitāni pathavī ca assa āpo ca assa || api nu imāni bhikkhave pañcabījajātāni vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyyunti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave pathavīdhātu evaṃ catasso viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo daṭṭhabbā || seyyathāpi bhikkhave āpodhātu evaṃ nandirāgo daṭṭhabbo || seyyathāpi bhikkhave pañcabījajātāni evaṃ viññāṇam sāhāraṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
8 Rūpupāyam vā bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānam tiṭṭheyya rūpārammaṇaṃ rūpapatiṭṭhaṃ nandupasevanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyya
[page 055]
XXII. 55. 2] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 55
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
9 Vedanupāyaṃ vā bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya || la || nandupasevanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhim vepullam āpajjeyya || ||
10 Saññupāyaṃ vā bhikkhave || pe ||
11 Saṅkhārupāyaṃ vā bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya saṅkhārārammaṇam saṅkhārapatiṭṭhaṃ nandupasevanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyya || ||
12 Yo bhikkhave evaṃ vadeyya || || Aham aññatra rūpā aññatra vedanāya aññatra saññāya aññatra saṅkhārehi viññāṇassa āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā cutiṃ vā upapattiṃ vā vuddhiṃ vā virūḷhiṃ vā vepullam vā paññāpessāmīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati ||
13 Rūpadhātuyā ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno rāgo pahīno hoti || rāgassa pahānā vocchijjatārammaṇaṃ patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti || ||
14-16 Vedanādhātuyā ce || Saññādhātuyā ce || Saṅkhāradhātuyā ce ||
17 Viññāṇadhātuyā ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno rāgo pahīno hoti || rāgassa pahānā vocchijjatārammaṇam patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti || ||
18 Tad apatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇam avirūḷhim anabhisaṅkhārañca vimuttaṃ || vimuttattā ṭhitaṃ ṭhitattā santusitaṃ santusitattā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati || || Khīnā jāti || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).55 (3) Udānaṃ
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā udānam udānesi || || No cassa no ca me siyā na bhavissati na me bhavissatīti || || Evam adhimuccamāno bhikkhu chindeyya orambhāgiyāni saññojanānīti
[page 056]
56 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 55. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
3 Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Yathā katham pana bhante no cassa no ca me siyā nābhavissa na me bhavissatīti evam adhimuccamāno bhikkhu chindeyya orambhāgiyāni saññojanānīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvi ||
la || sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati rūpavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā rūpam rūpasmim vā attānaṃ || Vedanam || Saññam || Saṅkhāre || Viññāṇam attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attanaṃ || ||
5 So aniccam rūpam Aniccaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || aniccaṃ vedanaṃ Aniccā vedanāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || aniccaṃ saññaṃ || || anicce saṅkhāre Aniccā saṅkhārāti yathābhūtam na pajānāti || aniccaṃ viññāṇam Aniccaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
6 Dukkhaṃ rūpaṃ Dukkhaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ || dukkhaṃ saññaṃ ||
dukkhe saṅkhāre || dukkhaṃ viññānaṃ Dukkhaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
7 Anattaṃ rūpam Anattā rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || anattaṃ vedanaṃ Anattā vedanāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || anattaṃ saññaṃ || anatte saṅkhāre Anattā {saṅkhārāti} yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || anattaṃ viññāṇaṃ Anattaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
8 Saṅkhataṃ rūpaṃ Saṅkhataṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || saṅkhataṃ vedanaṃ || saṅkhataṃ saññaṃ ||
saṅkhate saṅkhāre || saṅkhataṃ viññānaṃ Saṅkhataṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtam na pājānāti ||
9 Rūpaṃ vibhavissatīti yathābhūtam na pajānāti ||
Vedanā vibhavissati || Saññā vibhavissati || Saṅkhārā vibhavissanti || Viññāṇaṃ vibhavissatīti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
[page 057]
XXII. 55. 19] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 57
10 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto ||
sappurisānam dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati || la ||
vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || {saṅkhāre} || na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || ||
11 So aniccam rūpam Aniccaṃ rūpanti yatthābhūtaṃ pajānāti || aniccaṃ vedanam || aniccaṃ saññaṃ || anicce saṅkhāre || aniccaṃ viññāṇam Aniccaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
12 Dukkhaṃ rūpaṃ || la || Dukkhaṃ viññāṇaṃ || ||
13 Anattaṃ rūpaṃ || la || Anattaṃ viññāṇaṃ || ||
14 Saṅkhataṃ rūpam || la || Saṅkhataṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
15 Rūpaṃ vibhavissatīti yathābhūtam pajānāti || Vedanā ||
Saññā || Saṅkharā || Viññāṇam vibhavissatīti yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
16 So rūpassa vibhavā vedanāya vibhavā saññāya vibhavā saṅkhārānaṃ vibhavā viññāṇassa vibhavā evaṃ kho bhikkhu No cassa no ca me siyā na bhavissati na me bhavissatīti evam adhimuccamāno bhikkhu chindeyya orambhāgiyāni saññojanānīti || ||
17 Evaṃ adhimuccamāno bhante bhikkhu chindeyya orambhāgiyāni saññojanānīti || ||
Katham pana bhante jānato katham passato anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hotīti || ||
18 Idha bhikkhu assutavā puthujjano atasitāye ṭhāne tāsam āpajjati || tāso heso bhikkhu assutavato puthujjanassa No cassa no ca me siyā na bhavissati na me bhavissatīti || ||
19 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhu ariyasāvako atasitāye ṭhāne na tāsam āpajjati || na heso bhikkhu tāso sutavato ariyasāvakassa No cassa no ca me siyā na bhavissati na me bhavissatīti || ||
[page 058]
58 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 55. 20
20 Rūpupāyaṃ vā bhikkhu viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya rūpārammaṇam rūpapatiṭṭham nandupasevanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyya || ||
21-22 Vedanupāyam vā bhikkhu || Saññupāyaṃ vā bhikkhu || ||
23 Saṅkhārupāyaṃ vā bhikkhu viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhāmanaṃ tiṭṭheyya || saṅkhārārammanaṃ saṅkhārapatiṭṭham nandupasevanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyya || ||
24 So bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya || || Aham aññatra rūpā aññatra vedanāya aññatra saṅkhārehi viññāṇassa āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā cutiṃ vā upapattiṃ vā vuddhiṃ vā virūḷhim vā vepullaṃ vā paññāpessāmīti netaṃ thānaṃ vijjati || ||
25 Rūpadhātuyā ce bhikkhu bhikkhuno rāgo pahīno hoti rāgassa pahānā vocchijjatārammaṇam patiṭṭhā viññānassa na hoti || ||
26 Vedanādhātuyā ce bhikkhu bhikkhuno || ||
27 Saññādhātuyā ce bhikkhu bhikkhuno || ||
28 Saṅkhāradhātuyā ce bhikkhu bhikkhuno || ||
29 Viññāṇadhātuyā ce bhikkhu bhikkhuno rāgo pahīno hoti || rāgassa pahānā vocchijjatārammaṇam patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti || ||
30 Tad apatiṭṭhitam viññāṇam avirūḷham anabhisaṅkhārañca vimuttaṃ || vimuttattā ṭhitam || ṭhitattā santusitaṃ ||
santusitattā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati || || Khīṇā jāti || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
31 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).56 (4) Upādānam parivaṭṭam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pañcime bhikkhave upādānakkhandhā || ||
Katame pañca || || Seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho vedanupādānakkhandho saññupādānakkhandho saṅkhārupādānakkhandho viññāṇupādānakkhandho
[page 059]
XXII. 56. 10] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 59
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
4 Yāva kīvañcāham bhikkhave ime pañcupādānakkhandhe catuparivaṭṭam yathābhūtam nābbhaññāsiṃ || neva tāvāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya devamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ || ||
5 Yato ca kho ham bhikkhave ime pañcupādānakkandhe catuparivaṭṭaṃ yathābhūtam abbhaññāsim athāham bhikkhave sadevake loke || pa || sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sambodhim abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ || ||
6 Kathaṃ catuparivaṭṭam || || Rūpam abbhaññāsiṃ ||
rūpasamudayam abbhaññāsiṃ || rūpanirodham abbhaññāsiṃ || rūpanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ abbhaññasiṃ || ||
Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇam abbhaññāsiṃ || viññāṇanirodham abbhaññāsim || viññāṇanirodham abbhaññāsiṃ || viññāṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam abbhaññāsiṃ || ||
7 Katamañca bhikkhave rūpaṃ || || Cattāro ca mahābhūtā catunnaṃ ca mahābhūtānam upādāya rūpaṃ idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave rūpaṃ || || Āhārasamudayā rūpasamudayo || āhāranirodhā rūpanirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo rūpanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || la || sammāsamādhi || ||
8 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ rūpam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpasamudayam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpanirodham abhiññāya evaṃ rūpanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam abhiññāya rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipannā te supatipatipannā || ye supaṭipannā te imasmiṃ dhammavinaye gādhanti || ||
9 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ rūpam abhiññāya || pa || evam rūpanirodhagāminim paṭipadam abhiññāya rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya anupādā vimuttā te suvimuttā || ye suvimuttā te kevalino ||
ye kevalino vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya || ||
10 Katamā ca bhikkhave vedanā || || Chayime bhikkhave vedanākāyā
[page 060]
60 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 56. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || cakkhusamphassajā vedanā || sotasamphassajā vedanā || ghānasamphassajā || jivhāsamphassajā || kāyasamphassajā || manosamphassajā vedanā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo phassanirodhā vedanānirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipādā || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ||
11 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ vedanam abhiññāya evam vedanāya samudayam abhiññāya evaṃ vedanānirodham abhiññāya evaṃ vedanānirodhagāminim paṭipadam abhiññāya vedanāya nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipannā te supaṭipannā || ye supaṭipannā te imasmiṃ dhammavinaye gādhanti ||
12 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ vedanam abhiññāya || pa || evaṃ vedanānirodhagāminim paṭipadam abhiññāya || pa || vaṭṭam tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya || ||
13-15 Katamā ca bhikkhave saññā || || Chayime bhikkhave saññākāyā || rūpasaññā saddasaññā gandhasaññā rasasaññā phoṭṭhabbasaññā dhammasaññā ayaṃ vuccati saññā || || Phassasamudayā saññāsamudayo phassanirodhā saññānirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saññānirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || || la || vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya || ||
16 Katamā ca bhikkhave saṅkhārā || || Chayime bhikkhave cetanākāyā || rūpasañcetanā saddasañcetanā gandhasañcetanā rasasañcetanā phoṭṭhabbasañcetanā dhammasañcetanā ime vuccanti bhikkhave saṅkhārā || || Phassasamudayā saṅkhārasamudayo || phassanirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo atthaṅgiko maggo saṅkhāranirodhagāminī patipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sammāditthi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ||
17 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ saṅkhāre abhiññāya evam saṅkhārasamudayam abhiññāya evaṃ saṅkhāranirodham abhiññāya evaṃ saṅkhāranirodhagāminim paṭipadam abhiññāya saṅkhārānaṃ nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipannā te supaṭipannā
[page 061]
XXII. 57. 4] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 61
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ye supaṭipannā te imasmiṃ dhammavinaye gādhanti || ||
18 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ saṅkhāre abhiññāya evaṃ saṅkhārasamudayam abhiññāya evaṃ saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam abhiññāya saṅkhārānaṃ nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimuttā te suvimuttā || ye suvimuttā te kevalino || ye kevalino vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya || ||
19 Katamañ ca bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ || || Chayime bhikkhave viññāṇakāyā || cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sotaviññāṇaṃ ghānaviññāṇam jivhāviññāṇaṃ kāyaviññāṇam manoviññāṇam || idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave viññāṇam || || Nāmarūpasamudayā viññāṇasamudayo || nāmarūpanirodhā viññāṇanirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo viññāṇanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdam sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ||
20 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evam viññāṇam abhiññāya evam viññāṇasamudayam abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇanirodham abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam abhiññāya viññāṇassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipannā te supaṭipannā || ye supaṭipannā te imasmiṃ dhammavinaye gādhanti || ||
21 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ viññāṇaṃ abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇasamudayam abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam abhiññāya viññāṇassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimuttā te suvimuttā || ye suvimuttā te kevalino || ye kevalino vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāyāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).57 (5) Sattaṭṭhāna
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Sattaṭṭhānakusalo bhikkhave bhikkhu tividhūpaparikkhī imasmiṃ dhammavinaye kevalī vusitavā uttamapuriso ti vuccati || ||
4 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sattaṭṭhānakusalo hoti || ||
[page 062]
62 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA. [XXII. 57. 5
5 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu rūpam pajānāti || rūpasamudayam pajānāti || rūpanirodham pajānāti || rūpanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam pajānāti || rūpassa assādam pajānāti ||
rūpassa ādīnavam pajānāti || rūpassa nissaraṇam pajānāti
- Vedanam pajānāti || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || ||
9 Viññāṇam pajānāti || viññāṇasamudayam pajānāti ||
viññāṇanirodham pajānāti || viññāṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadam pajānāti || viññāṇassa assādam pajānāti ||
viññāṇassa ādīnavaṃ pajānāti || viññāṇassa nissaraṇam pajānāti || ||
10 Katamañ ca bhikkhave rūpaṃ || || Cattāro ca mahābhūtā catunnaṃ ca mahābhūtānam upādāya rūpaṃ || idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave rūpaṃ || || Āhārasamudayā rūpasamudayo || āhāranirodhā rūpanirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo rūpanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdam sammāditthi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ||
11 Yaṃ rūpam paṭicca uppajjati sukham somanassam ayaṃ rūpassa assādo || yaṃ rūpam aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam ayaṃ rūpassa ādīnavo || yo rūpasmiṃ chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānam idaṃ rūpassa nissaraṇaṃ || ||
12 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ rūpam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpasamudayam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpanirodham abhiññāya evaṃ rūpanirodhagāminim paṭipadam abhiññāya || evaṃ rūpassa assādam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpassa ādīnavam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpassa nissaraṇam abhiññāya rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipannā te supaṭipannā || ye supaṭipannā te imasmiṃ vinaye gādhanti || ||
13 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ rūpam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpasamudayam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpanirodham abhiññāya || evaṃ rūpanirodhagāminim paṭipadam abhiññāya || evaṃ rūpassa assādam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpassa ādīnavam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpassa nissaraṇam abhiññāya rūpassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimuttā te suvimuttā
[page 063]
XXII. 57. 22] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 63
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ye suvimuttā te kevalino || ye kevalino vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya || ||
14 Katamā ca bhikkhave vedanā || ||
Cha yime bhikkhave vedanākāyā || cakkhusamphassajā vedanā || la || manosamphassajā vedanā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo ||
phassanirodhā vedanānirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo vedanānirodhagāminī patipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi ||
16 Yaṃ vedanaṃ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam ayaṃ vedanāya assādo || Yaṃ vedanā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā ayaṃ vedanāya ādīnavo || yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānam idaṃ vedanāya nissaraṇaṃ || ||
17 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ vedanam abhiññāya evaṃ vedanāya samudayam abhiññāya evaṃ vedanānirodham abhiññāya evaṃ vedanānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam abhiññāya evaṃ vedanāya assādam abhiññāya evaṃ vedanāya ādīnavam abhiññāya evaṃ vedanāya nissaraṇam abhiññāya vedanāya nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya patipaṇṇā te supaṭipaṇṇā || ye supaṭipaṇṇā te imasmiṃ dhammavinaye gādhanti || ||
18 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ vedanam abhiññāya || la || vaṭṭam tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya || ||
19-21 Katamā ca bhikkhave saññā || || Cha yime bhikkhave saññākāyā || rūpasaññā saddasaññā gandhasaññā rasasaññā poṭṭhabbasaññā dhammasaññā ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave saññā || || pe || || vaṭṭam tesam natthi paññāpanāya || ||
22 Katame ca bhikkhave saṅkhārā || || Cha yime bhikkhave cetanākāyā || rūpasañcetanā || || pa || || dhammasañcetanā || ime vuccanti bhikkhave saṅkhārā || || Phassasamudayā saṅkhārasamudayo || phassasamudayā saṅkhāranirodho
[page 064]
64 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 57. 23
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saṅkhāranirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi ||
23 Yaṃ saṅkhāre paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam ayaṃ saṅkhārānam assādo || ye saṅkhārā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā ayaṃ saṅkhārānam ādīnavo || yo saṅkhāresu chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ idaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ || ||
24-25 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ saṅkhāre abhiññāya evaṃ saṅkhārasamudayam abhiññāya evaṃ saṅkhāranirodham abhiññāya evaṃ saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam abhiññāya || la ||
saṅkhārānaṃ nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipannā te supaṭipannā || ye supaṭipannā te imasmiṃ dhammavinaye gādhanti || || la || || vaṭṭam tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya || ||
26 Katamañ ca bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ || || Cha yime bhikkhave viññāṇakāyā || cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sotaviññāṇaṃ ghānaviññāṇaṃ jivhāviññāṇaṃ kāyaviññāṇam manoviññāṇam ||
idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ || || Nāmarūpasamudayā viññāṇasamudayo || nāmarūpanirodhā viññāṇanirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo viññāṇanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ||
27 Yaṃ viññāṇam paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ ayaṃ viññāṇassa assādo || yaṃ viññāṇam aniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ ayaṃ viññāṇassa ādīnavo || yo viññāṇasmim chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānam idaṃ viññāṇassa nissaraṇaṃ || ||
28 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ viññāṇam abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇasamudayaṃ abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇanirodham abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam abhiññāya || evam viññāṇassa assādam abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇassa ādīnavam abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇassa nissaraṇam abhiññāya viññāṇassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipannā te supatipaṇṇā || ye supaṭipannā te imasmim dhammavinaye gādhanti ||
[page 065]
XXII. 58. 5-7] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 65
29 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ viññāṇam abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇasamudayam abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇanirodham abhiññāya evam viññāṇanirodhagāminim patipadam abhiññāya || evaṃ viññāṇassa assādam abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇassa ādīnavam abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇassa nissaraṇam abhiññāya viññāṇassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimuttā te suvimuttā || ye suvimuttā te kevalino || ye kevalino vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya || ||
30 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sattaṭṭhānakusalo hoti || ||
31 Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu tividhūpaparikkhī hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu dhātuso upaparikkhati || āyatanaso upaparikkhati || paṭiccasamuppādaso upaparikkhati || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu tividhūpaparikkhī hoti || ||
32 Sattaṭṭhānakusalo bhikkhave bhikkhu tividhūpaparikkhī imasmiṃ dhammavinaye kevalī vusitavā uttamapurisoti vuccatīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).58 (6) Sambuddho
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Tathāgato bhikkhave arahaṃ sammāsambuddho rūpassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto sammāsambuddho ti vuccati || || Bhikkhu pi bhikkhave paññāvimutto rūpassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto paññāvimutto ti vuccati || ||
4 Tathāgato bhikkhave arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vedanāya nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto sammāsambuddhoti vuccati || || Bhikkhu pi bhikkhave paññāvimutto vedanāya nibbidā || || la || || vimutto ti vuccati || ||
5-7 Tathāgato bhikkhave arahaṃ sammāsambuddho saññāya || || saṅkhārānaṃ || || viññāṇassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto sammāsambuddho ti vuccati
[page 066]
66 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 58. 8
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
Bhikkhu pi bhikkhave paññāvimutto viññāṇassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto paññāvimutto ti vuccati || ||
8 Tatra kho bhikkhave ko viseso ko adhippāyoso kiṃ nānākaraṇaṃ Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa paññāvimuttena bhikkhunā ti || ||
9 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā Bhagavannettikā Bhagavampaṭisaraṇā || sādhu vata bhante Bhagavantaññeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho || Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantīti || ||
Tena hi bhikkhave suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karotha bhāsissāmīti ||
Evam bhante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
10 Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
Tathāgato bhikkhave arahaṃ sammāsambuddho anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā asañjātassa maggassa sañjānetā anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā maggaññū maggavidū maggakovido || || Maggānugā ca bhikkhave etarahi sāvakā viharanti pacchāsamannāgatā || ||
11 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave viseso ayam adhippāyoso idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa paññāvimuttena bhikkhunā ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).59 (7) Pañca
1 Bārāṇasiyaṃ nidānaṃ Migadāye || ||
2-3 Tatra kho Bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi ||
la || etad avoca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave anattā || rūpañ ca bhikkhave attā abhavissa nayidaṃ rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya labbhetha ca rūpe Evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā aho sīti || ||
4 Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave rūpam anattā tasmā rūpam ābādhāya saṃvattati || na ca labbhati rūpe Evam me rūpaṃ hotu evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosīti || ||
5 Vedanā anattā || vedanā ca hidam bhikkhave attā abhavissa na yidaṃ vedanā ābādhāya saṃvatteyya || labbhetha ca vedanāya Evaṃ me vedanā hotu evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosīti
[page 067]
XXII. 59. 16] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 67
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
6 Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave vedanā anattā tasmā vedanā ābādhāya saṃvattati || na ca labbhati vedanāya Evam me vedanā hotu evam me vedanā mā ahosīti || ||
7 Saññā anattā || ||
8 Saṅkhārā anattā || saṅkhārā ca hidam bhikkhave attā abhavissaṃsu || na yidaṃ saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvatteyyuṃ || labbhetha ca saṅkhāresu Evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu evaṃ me {saṅkhārā} mā ahesunti ||
9 Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave saṅkhārā anattā tasmā saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvattanti || na ca labbhati saṅkhāresu Evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahesunti || ||
10 Viññāṇam anattā || viññāṇaṃ hidam bhikkhave attā abhivissa na yidaṃ viññāṇam ābādhāya saṃvatteyya || labbhetha ca viññāṇe Evam me viññāṇaṃ hotu evam me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosīti || ||
11 Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave viññāṇam anattā tasmā viññāṇam ābādhaya saṃvattati || na ca labbhati viññāṇe Evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosīti || ||
12 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave rūpaṃ niccam vā aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkham vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
13-15 Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
16 Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
[page 068]
68 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 59. 17
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etaṃ mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
17 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattam vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā panītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammāppaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ ||
18 Yā kāci vedanā || ||
19 Yā kāci saññā || ||
20 Ye keci saṅkhārā || ||
21 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā panītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
22 Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmiṃ nibbindati || vedanāya nibbindati || saññāya || saṅkhāresu || viññāṇasmim nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || ||
Khīnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
23 Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanduṃ || || imasmiṃ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne pañcavaggiyānam bhikkhūnam anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsū ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).60 (8) Mahāli
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Vesāliyam viharati Mahāvane Kūṭāgārasālāyam || ||
2 Atha kho Mahāli Licchavi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami
[page 069]
XXII. 60. 9] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 69
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || la || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Mahāli Licchavi Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
3 Puraṇo bhante Kassapo evam āha || || Natthi hetu natthi paccayo sattānaṃ saṃkilesāya || ahetu-apaccayā sattā saṃkilissanti || || Natthi hetu natthi paccayo sattānam visuddhiyā || ahetu-apaccayā sattā visujjhantīti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
4 Atthi Mahāli hetu atthi paccayo sattānaṃ saṅkilesāya ||
sahetu-sapaccayā sattā saṃkilissanti || || Atthi Mahāli hetu atthi paccayo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā || sahetu-sapaccayā sattā visujjhantīti || ||
5 Katamo pana bhante hetu katamo paccayo sattānaṃ saṅkilesāya || kathaṃ sahetu-sapaccayā saṃkilissantīti || ||
6 Rūpañca hidam Mahāli ekantadukkham abhavissa dukkhānupatitaṃ dukkhāvakkantaṃ anavakkantam sukhena || nayidaṃ sattā rūpasmiṃ sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho Mahāli rūpaṃ sukhaṃ sukhānupatitaṃ sukhāvakkantam anavakkantaṃ dukkhena || tasmā sattā rūpasmiṃ sārajjanti sārāgā saññujjanti saññogā saṃkilissanti || ||
Ayam pi kho Mahāli hetu ayam paccayo sattānam saṃkilesāya || evam pi sahetu-sapaccayā sattā saṃkilissanti || ||
7 Vedanā ca hidam Mahāli ekantadukkhā abhavissa dukkhānupatitā dukkhāvakkantā anavakkantā sukhena ||
nayidaṃ sattā vedanāya sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho Mahāli vedanā sukhā sukhānupatitā sukhāvakkantā anavakkantā dukkhena || tasmā sattā vedanāya sārajjanti sārāgā saññujjanti saññogā saṃkilissanti || ||
Ayam pi kho Mahāli hetu ayam paccayo sattānaṃ saṃkilesāya || evam pi sahetu-sapaccayā sattā saṃkilissanti || ||
8 Saññā ca hidam Mahāli || ||
9 Saṅkhārā ca hidam Mahāli ekantadukkhā abhavissaṃsu dukkhānupatitā dukkhāvakkantā anavakkantā sukhena || na yidaṃ sattā saṅkhāresu sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho Mahāli saṅkhārā sukhā sukhānupatitā sukhāvakkantā anavakkantā dukkhena
[page 070]
70 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 60. 10
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tasmā sattā saṅkhāresu sārajjanti || sārāgā saññujjanti saññogā saṃkilissanti || ||
Ayam pi kho Mahāli hetu ayam paccayo sattānam saṃkilesāya || evam pi kho sahetu-sapaccayā sattā saṃkilissanti || ||
10 Viññāṇaṃ ca hidam Mahāli ekantadukkham abhavissa dukkhānupatitaṃ dukkhāvakkantam anavakkantam sukhena || nayidaṃ sattā viññāṇasmiṃ sārajjeyyuṃ || ||
Yasmā ca kho Mahāli viññāṇaṃ sukhaṃ sukhānupatitaṃ sukhāvakkantam anavakkantaṃ dukkhena || tasmā sattā viññāṇasmiṃ sārajjanti sārāgā saññujjanti saññogā saṃkilissanti || ||
Ayam pi kho Mahāli hetu ayam paccayo sattānaṃ saṃkilesāya || evaṃ sahetu-sapaccayā sattā saṃkilissantīti || ||
11 Katamo pana bhante hetu katamo paccayo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā || kathaṃ sahetu-sapaccayā sattā visujjhantīti || ||
12 Rūpaṃ ca hidam Mahāli ekantasukhaṃ abhavissa sukhānupatitaṃ sukhāvakkantam anavakkantaṃ dukkhena || nayidaṃ sattā rūpasmiṃ nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho Mahāli rūpam dukkhaṃ dukkhānupatitaṃ dukkhāvakkantam anavakkantam sukhena || tasmā sattā rūpasmiṃ nibbindanti nibbindaṃ virajjanti virāgā visujjhanti || ||
Ayaṃ kho Mahāli hetu ayam paccayo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā || evam pi sahetu-sapaccayā sattā visujjhanti || ||
13 Vedanā ca hidam Mahāli ekantasukhā abhavissa ||
la || ||
14 Saññā ca hidaṃ Mahāli || pe || ||
15 Viññāṇañca hidam Mahāli ekantasukham abhavissa sukhānupatitam sukhāvakkantam anavakkantaṃ dukkhena || nayidaṃ sattā viññāṇasmiṃ nibbindeyyuṃ || ||
Yasmā ca kho Mahāli viññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ dukkhānupatitaṃ dukkhāvakkantaṃ anavakkantaṃ sukhena || tasmā sattā viññāṇasmiṃ nibbindanti || nibbindaṃ virajjanti virāgā visujjhanti || ||
[page 071]
XXII. 62. 7] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO. 71
16 Ayaṃ kho Mahāli hetu ayam paccayo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā || evaṃ sahetu-sapaccayā sattā visujjhantīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).61 (9) Āditta
1-2 Savatthi || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave ādittam || vedanā ādittā || saññā ādittā || saṅkhārā ādittā || viññāṇam ādittam || ||
4 Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmiṃ nibbindati || vedanāya pi || saññāya pi || saṅkhāresu pi ||
viññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati vimuttasmim vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || ||
5 Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).62 (10) Niruttipatha
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Tayo me bhikkhave niruttipathā adhivacanapathā paññattipathā asaṃkiṇṇā asaṃkiṇṇapubbā na saṃkīyanti na saṃkīyissanti appaṭikuṭṭhā samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi || || Katame tayo || ||
4 Yaṃ hi bhikkhave rūpam atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇatam || ahosīti tassa saṅkhā || ahosīti tassa samaññā ||
ahosīti tassa paññatti || || Na tassa saṅkhā atthīti na tassa saṅkhā bhavissatīti || ||
5 Yā vedanā atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā || ahosīti tassā saṅkhā || ahosīti tassā samaññā || ahosīti tassā paññatti || ||
Na tassā saṅkhā atthīti || na tassā saṅkhā bhavissatīti || ||
6 Yā saññā || ||
7 Ye saṅkhārā atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā || ahesunti tesaṃ saṅkhā || ahesunti tesam samaññā || ahesunti tesam paññatti || || Na tesaṃ saṅkhā atthīti || na tesaṃ saṅkhā bhavissatīti || ||
[page 072]
72 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 62. 8
Yaṃ viññāṇam atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇataṃ || ahosīti tassa saṅkhā || ahosīti tassa samaññā || ahosīti tassa paññatti || || Na tassa saṅkhā atthīti || na tassa saṅkhā bhavissatīti || ||
9 Yam bhikkhave rūpaṃ ajātam apātubhūtam || bhavissatīti tassa saṅkhā || bhavissatīti tassa samaññā || bhavissatīti tassa paññatti || || Na tassa saṅkhā atthīti || na tassa saṅkhā ahosīti || ||
10 Yā vedanā ajātā apātubhūtā || bhavissatīti tassā saṅkhā ||
bhavissatīti tassā samaññā || bhavissatīti tassā paññatti || ||
Na tassā saṅkhā atthīti || na tassā saṅkhā ahosīti || ||
11 Yā saññā || pe || ||
12 Ye saṅkhārā ajātā apātubhūtā || bhavissantīti tesaṃ saṅkhā || bhavissantīti tesaṃ samaññā || bhavissantīti tesam paññatti || || Na tesaṃ saṅkhā atthīti || na tesaṃ saṅkhā ahesun ti || ||
13 Yaṃ viññāṇam ajātam apātubhūtam || bhavissatīti tassa saṅkhā || bhavissatīti tassa samaññā || bhavissatīti tassa paññatti || || Na tassa saṅkhā atthīti || na tassa saṅkhā ahosīti || ||
14 Yam bhikkhave rūpaṃ jātam pātubhūtaṃ || atthīti tassa saṅkhā || atthīti tassa samaññā || atthīti tassa paññatti || || Na tassa saṅkhā ahosīti || na tassa saṅkhā bhavissatīti || ||
15 Yā vedanā jātā pātubhūtā || atthīti tassā saṅkhā || atthīti tassā samaññā || atthīti tassa paññatti || || Na tassā saṅkhā ahosīti || na tassa saṅkhā bhavissatīti || ||
16 Yā saññā || ||
17 Ye saṅkhārā jātā pātubhūtā || atthīti tesaṃ saṅkhā ||
atthīti tesaṃ samaññā || atthīti tesam paññatti || na tesaṃ saṅkhā ahesun ti || na tesaṃ saṅkhā bhavissantīti || ||
18 Yaṃ viññāṇaṃ jātam pātubhūtam || atthīti tassa saṅkhā || atthīti tassa samaññā || atthīti tassa paññatti || na tassa saṅkhā ahosīti || na tassa saṅkhā bhavissatīti || ||
19 Ime kho bhikkhave tayo niruttipathā adhivacanapathā paññattipathā asaṃkiṇṇā asaṃkiṇṇapubbā na saṃkīyant na saṃkīyissanti appaṭikuṭṭhā samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi
[page 073]
XXII. 63. 4] ARAHATTAVAGGO DUTIYO 73
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
20 Ye pi te bhikkhave ahesuṃ ukkalāvassabhaññā ahetuvādā akiriyavādā natthikavādā || te pi me tayo niruttipathe adhivacanapathe paññattipathe na garahitabbaṃ na patikkositabbaṃ amaññiṃsu || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || nindāvyārosa-upārambhabhayā ti || ||
Majjhima-paṇṇāsakassa upāyavaggo pathamo || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Upāyo Bījam Udānam ||
Upādānam parivaṭṭaṃ ||
Sattaṭṭhānaṃ ca Sambuddho Pañca Mahāli Ādittā [Vaggo] Niruttipathena cā ti || ||
CHAPTER II ARAHATTAVAGGO DUTIYO
SN_3,22(1).63 (1) Upādiyamāno
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu yam aham Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho apamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Upādiyamāno kho bhikkhu baddho Mārassa anupādiyamāno mutto pāpimato ti || ||
[page 074]
74 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 63. 5
Aññātam Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho bhante upādiyamāno baddho Mārassa ||
anupādiyamāno mutto pāpimato || || Vedanam upādiyamāno baddho Mārassa || anupādiyamāno mutto pāpimato || || Saññaṃ || pe || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇam upādiyamāno baddho Mārassa anupādiyamāno mutto pāpimato || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
6 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Rūpaṃ kho bhikkhu upādiyamāno baddho Mārassa || anupādiyamāno mutto pāpimato || || Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇam upādiyamāno baddho Mārassa anupādiyamāno mutto pāpimato || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
7 Atha kho so bhikkhu Bhagavatā bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā pakkāmi || ||
8 Atha kho so bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajjanti || tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti abbhaññāsi || ||
9 Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahataṃ ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).64 (2) Maññamāno
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca
[page 075]
XXII. 65. 6] ARAHATTAVAGGO DUTIYO 75
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || pe || pahitatto vihareyyan ti || ||
4 Maññamāno kho bhikkhu baddho Mārassa || amaññamāno mutto pāpimato hoti || ||
Aññātam Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho bhante maññamāno baddho Mārassa ||
amaññamāno mutto pāpimato || || Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || ||
Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇam maññamāno baddho Mārassa ||
amaññamāno mutto pāpimato || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena atthaṃ ājānāmīti || ||
7 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvaṃ bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Rūpaṃ kho bhikkhu maññamāno baddho Mārassa || amaññamāno mutto pāpimato || || Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || ||
Viññāṇaṃ maññamāno baddho Mārassa || amaññamāno mutto pāpimato || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
8-9 ||Pa || Aññataro ca so bhikkhu arahataṃ ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).65 (3) Abhinandamāno
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena || pe ||
pahitatto vihareyyan ti || ||
4 Abhinandamāno kho bhikkhu baddho Mārassa || anabhinandamāno mutto pāpimato ti || ||
Aññātam Bhagavā aññātam Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho pana bhante abhinandamāno baddho Mārassa || anabhinandamāno mutto pāpimato || || Vedanaṃ || ||
Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇam abhinandamāno baddho Mārassa || anabhinandamāno mutto pāpimato || ||
[page 076]
76 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 65. 7
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavato saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
7 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Rūpaṃ kho bhikkhu abhinandamāno baddho Mārassa anabhinandamāno mutto pāpimato || || Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || ||
Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇam abhinandamāno baddho Mārassa anabhinandamāno mutto pāpimato || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabboti || ||
8-9 ||Pa || || Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahataṃ ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).66 (4) Aniccam
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || pa || ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan ti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho bhikkhu aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo ti || ||
Aññātaṃ Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho bhante aniccaṃ || tatra me chando pahātabbo || Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam aniccam || tatra me chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
7 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Rūpaṃ kho bhikkhu aniccaṃ || tatra kho te chando pahātabbo || ||
Vedanā aniccā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇam aniccaṃ || tatra kho te chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
[page 077]
XXII. 68. 4] ARAHATTAVAGGO DUTIYO 77
8-9 ||Pa || || Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahataṃ ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).67 (5) Dukkham
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || pe || pahitatto vihareyyan ti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho bhikkhu dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahātabboti || ||
Aññātam Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho bhante dukkhaṃ || tatra me chando pahātabbo || || Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ || tatra me chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti ||
7 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvaṃ bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Rupaṃ kho bhikkhu dukkhaṃ || tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ ||
tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabboti || ||
8-9 ||Pa || || Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahataṃ ahosi || ||
SN_3,22(1).68 (6) Anattā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || pe || pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Yo kho bhikkhu anattā || tatra te chando pahātabbo ti || ||
Aññātaṃ Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
[page 078]
78 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 68.5
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho bhante anattā || tatra me chando pahātabbo || Vedanā || || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇam anattā || tatra me chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
7 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evam vitthārena attham ājānāsi || ||
Rūpaṃ kho bhikkhu anattā || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhave mayā {saṅkhittena} bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabboti || ||
8-9 ||Pa || Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahatam ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).69 (7) Anattaniya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || pe || vihareyyan ti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho bhikkhu anattaniyaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo ti || ||
Aññātam Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho bhante anattaniyaṃ || tatra me chando pahātabbo || || Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇam anattaniyaṃ || tatra me chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
7 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvaṃ bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Rūpaṃ kho bhikkhu anattaniyaṃ || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
[page 079]
XXII. 71. 2] ARAHATTAVAGGO DUTIYO 79
Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇam anattaniyam || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
8-9 Atha || pa || Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahataṃ ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).70 (8) Rajanīyasaṇṭhitam
1-2 Sāvatthi || ārame || || Atha- || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu yaṃ ahaṃ Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā || pa ||
vihareyyan ti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho bhikkhu rajanīyasaṇṭhitaṃ || tatra te chando pahātabbo ti || ||
Aññātaṃ Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho bhante rajanīyasaṇṭhitam || tatra me chando pahātabbo || || Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
Viññāṇaṃ rajanīyasaṇṭhitaṃ || tatra me chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena atthaṃ ājānāmī ti || ||
7 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || ||
Rūpaṃ kho bhikkhu rajanīyasaṇṭhitaṃ || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇam rajanīyasaṇṭhitam || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhave mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
8-9 Atha || || la || || Aññataro ca so bhikkhu arahatam ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).71 (9) Rādha
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rādho yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami
[page 080]
80 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 71. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato imasmiṃ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāra-mamaṃkāra-mānānusayā na hontīti || ||
4 Yaṃ kiñci Rādha rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammāpaññāya passati || ||
5-7 Yā kāci vedanā || || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci saṅkhārā || ||
8 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannam || la ||
yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇam netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati || ||
9 Evaṃ kho Rādha jānato evam passato imasmiṃ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāramāṇānusayā na hontīti ||
10 || la || Aññataro ca panāyasmā Rādho arahataṃ ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).72 (10) Surādha
1 Savatthi || ārāme || ||
2-3 Atha kho āyasmā Surādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato imasmiṃ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṃ suvimuttan ti || ||
4 Yam kiñci Surādha rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ||
la || yaṃ dūre vā santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
5-7 Yā kāci vedanā || pe || || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci saṅkhārā || ||
[page 081]
XXII. 73. 8-12] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 81
8 Yaṃ kiñci viññānam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yam dūre santike vā [sabbā vedanā || la || sabbā saññā || sabbe saṅkhārā ||] sabbaṃ viññāṇam Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
9 Evaṃ kho Surādha jānato evam passato imasmiṃ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṃ suvimuttanti || ||
10 || pa || Aññataro ca panāyasmā Surādho arahatam ahosīti || ||
Arahatta-vaggo dutiyo || ||
Tatruddānam || ||
Upādiya-Maññamānā ||
Athābhinandamāno ca ||
Aniccam Dukkham Anattā ca ||
Anattaniyaṃ Rajanīyasaṇṭhitaṃ ||
Rādha-Surādhena te dasā ti || ||
CHAPTER III KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO
SN_3,22(1).73 (1) Assādo
1-2 Savatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano rūpassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
4-6 Vedanāya || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānaṃ || ||
7 Viññāṇassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇam ca yathābhūtam na pajānāti || ||
8-12 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako Rūpassa ||
[page 082]
82 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 74. 1-2
Vedanāya || Saññāya || Saṅkhārānam Viññāṇassa assādañca ādinavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).74 (2) Samudayo (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano rūpassa samudayañca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
4-6 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānaṃ ||
7 Viññāṇassa samudayañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
8 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako rūpassa samudayañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
9-11 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || {Saṅkhārānaṃ} || ||
12 Viññāṇassa samudayañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādinavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtam pajānātī ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).75 (3) Samudayo (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Sutavā bhikkhave ariyasāvako rūpassa samudayañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
4-6 Vedanāya || pe || Saññāya || Saṅkhārānam || ||
7 Viññāṇassa samudayañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtam pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).76 (4) Arahanta (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkham tad anattā || Yad anattā taṃ netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti
[page 083]
XXII. 76. 1 KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 83
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-6 Vedanā || pe || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
7 Viññāṇam aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbam || ||
8 Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi || saññāya pi || saṅkhāresu pi ||
viññāṇasmiṃ pi nibbindati || ||
9 Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati vimuttasmim vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyam kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
10 Yāvatā bhikkhave sattāvāsā yāvatā bhavaggaṃ ete aggā ete seṭṭhā lokasmiṃ yad idam arahanto ti || ||
11 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvā Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
12 Sukhino vata arahanto || taṇhā tesaṃ na vijjati || ||
Asmimāno samucchinno || mohajālaṃ padālitam ||1||
Anejanto anuppattā || cittaṃ tesaṃ anāvilaṃ ||
loke anupalittā te || brahmabhūtā anāsavā ||2||
Pañcakkhandhe pariññāya || sattasaddhammagocarā ||
pasaṃsiyā sappurisā || puttā buddhassa orasā ||3||
Sattaratanasampannā || tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhitā ||
Anuvicaranti mahāvīrā || pahīnabhayabheravā ||4||
Dasahaṅgehi sampannā || mahānāgā samāhitā ||
ete kho seṭṭhā lokasmiṃ || taṇhā tesaṃ na vijjati ||5||
Asekhañāṇam uppannaṃ || antimo yam samussayo ||
Yo sāro brahmacariyassa || tasmim aparapaccayā ||6||
[page 084]
84 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 77. 1-2
Vidhāsu na vikampanti || vippamuttā punabbhavā ||
dantabhūmim anuppattā || te loke vijitāvino ||7||
Uddhaṃ tiriyaṃ apācīnaṃ || nandi tesaṃ na vijjati ||
nandanti te sīhanādaṃ || Buddhā loke anuttarāti ||8||
SN_3,22(1).77 (5) Arahanta (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na me so attā ti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Vedanā- -daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
8 Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi || saññāya pi || saṅkhāresu pi ||
viññānasmim pi nibbindati || ||
9 Nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
10 Yāvatā bhikkhave sattāvāsā yāvatā bhavaggam ete aggā ete seṭṭhā lokasmiṃ yad idam arahanto ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).78 (6) Sīha
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Sīho bhikkhave migarājā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ āsayā nikkhamati || āsayā nikkhamitvā vijambhati || vijambhitvā samantā catuddisā anuviloketi || samantā catuddisā anuviloketvā tikkhattum sīhanādaṃ nadati || tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ naditvā gocarāya pakkamati || ||
[page 085]
XXII. 78. 10] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 85
4 Ye keci bhikkhave tiracchānagatā pāṇā sīhassa migarañño nadato saddaṃ suṇanti yebuyyena bhayaṃ saṃvegaṃ santāsaṃ āpajjanti || bilaṃ bilāsayā pavisanti ||
dakaṃ dakāsayā pavisanti || vanaṃ vanāsayā pavisanti || ākāsaṃ pakkhino bhajanti || ||
5 Ye pi te bhikkhave rañño nāgā gāma-nigama-rājadhānīsu daḷhehi yottehi baddhā || te pi tāni bandhanāni saṃchinditvā sampadāletvā bhītā muttakarīsaṃ mocantā yena vā tena vā palāyanti || ||
6 Evam mahiddhiko kho bhikkhave sīho migarājā tiracchānagatānam pāṇānam evaṃ mahesakkho evaṃ mahānubhāvo || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yadā Tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ Buddho Bhagavā so dhammaṃ deseti || Iti rūpam iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa atthagamo || Iti vedanā || || Iti saññā || || Iti saṅkhārā || || Iti viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇasamudayo iti viññāṇassa atthagamo || ||
8 Ye pi te bhikkhave devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā uccesu vimānesu ciraṭṭhitikā te pi kho Tathāgatassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā yebhuyyena bhayaṃ {saṃvegaṃ} santāsaṃ āpajjanti || || Aniccā va kira bho mayaṃ samānā Niccamhāti amaññimha || addhuvā va kira bho mayaṃ samānā Dhuvamhā ti amaññimha || asassatā va kira bho mayaṃ samānā Sassatamhā ti amaññimha || mayaṃ hi kira bho aniccā addhuvā asassatā sakkāyapariyāpannā ti || ||
9 Evam mahiddhiko kho bhikkhave Tathāgato sadevakassa lokassa evaṃ mahesakkho evam mahānubhāvo ti || ||
10 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
[page 086]
86 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 78. 11
11 Yadā buddho abhiññāya || dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi ||
sadevakassa lokassa || satthā appaṭipuggalo ||1||
Sakkāyassa nirodhaṃ ca || sakkāyassa ca sambhavaṃ ||
ariyaṃ caṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ || dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ ||2||
Ye pi dīghāyukā devā || vaṇṇavanto yasassino ||
bhītā santā samāpāduṃ || sīhassevitare migā ||3||
Avītivattā sakkāyaṃ || aniccā kira bho mayaṃ ||
Sutvā arahato vākyaṃ || vippamuttassa tādino ti ||4||
SN_3,22(1).79 (7) Khajjani
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussaramānā anussaranti || sabbe te pañcupādānakkhandhe anussaranti etesaṃ vā aññataraṃ || ||
[katame pañca] || ||
4 Evaṃrūpo ahosiṃ atītam addhānanti || iti vā hi bhikkhave anussaramāno rūpaññeva anussarati || || Evaṃvedano ahosiṃ atītam addhānanti || iti vā bhikkhave anussaramāno vedanaññeva anussarati || || Evaṃsaññī ahosiṃ atītam addhānanti || || Evaṃsaṅkhāro ahosiṃ atītam addhānanti || || Evaṃviññāṇo ahosiṃ atītam addhānanti ||
iti vā hi bhikkhave anussaramāno viññāṇam eva anussarati || ||
5 Kiñca bhikkhave rūpaṃ vadetha || || Ruppatīti kho bhikkhave tasmā rūpan ti vuccati || || Kena ruppati || sītena pi ruppati uṇhena pi ruppati jighacchāya pi ruppati pipāsāya pi ruppati ḍaṃsa-makasa-vātātapa-siriṃsapa-samphassena pi ruppati || ruppatīti kho bhikkhave tasmā rūpan ti vuccāti || ||
6 Kiñca bhikkhave vedanaṃ vadetha || ||
Vediyantīti kho bhikkhave tasmā vedanā ti vuccati || ||
kiñca vediyati || sukham pi vediyati dukkham pi vediyati adukkhamasukham pi vediyati
[page 087]
XXII. 79. 12] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 87
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || vediyatīti kho bhikkhave tasmā vedanā ti vuccati || ||
7 Kiñca bhikkhave saññaṃ vadetha || ||
Sañjānātīti kho bhikkhave tasmā saññā ti vuccati || kiñca sañjānāti || nīlam pi sañjānāti pītakam pi sañjānāti lohitakam pi sañjānāti odātam pi sañjānāti || sañjānātīti kho bhikkhave tasmā saññā ti vuccati || ||
8 Kiñca bhikkhave saṅkhāre vadetha || || Saṅkhataṃ abhisaṅkharontīti bhikkhave tasmā saṅkhārā ti vuccanti || ||
Kiñca saṅkhatam abhisaṅkharonti || rūpaṃ rūpattāya saṅkhatam abhisaṅkharonti vedanaṃ vedanattāya saṅkhatam abhisaṅkharonti || saññaṃ saññattāya saṅkhatam abhisaṅkharonti || saṅkhāre saṅkhārattāya saṅkhatam abhisaṅkharonti || viññāṇaṃ viññāṇatthāya saṅkhatam abhisaṅkharonti || saṅkhatam abhisaṅkharontīti kho bhikkhave tasmā saṅkhārā ti vuccanti || ||
9 Kiñca bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ vadetha || || vijānātīti kho bhikkhave tasmā viññāṇan ti vuccati || || Kiñca vijānāti ||
ambilam pi vijānāti || tittakam pi vijānāti || kaṭukam pi vijānāti madhukam pi vijānāti || khārikam pi vijānāti || akhārikam pi vijānāti || loṇakam pi vijānāti || aloṇakam pi vijānāti ||
vijānātīti kho bhikkhave tasmā viññāṇan ti vuccati || ||
10 Tatra bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati || ||
11 Ahaṃ kho etarahi rūpena khajjāmi || atītam paham addhānam evam eva rūpena khajjiṃ seyyathāpi etarahi paccuppannena rūpena khajjāmi || ahaṃ ceva kho pana anāgataṃ rūpaṃ abhinandeyyaṃ anāgatam paham addhānaṃ evam eva rūpena khajjeyyaṃ seyyathāpi etarahi paccuppannena rūpena khajjāmīti || || So iti paṭisaṅkhāya atītasmiṃ rūpasmiṃ anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ rūpaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
12 Ahaṃ kho etarahi vedanāya khajjāmi || atītaṃ paham addhānam evam eva vedanāya khajjim seyyathāpi etarahi paccuppannāya vedanāya khajjāmi
[page 088]
88 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 79. 1
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ahaṃ ceva kho pana anāgataṃ vedanam abhinandeyyaṃ anāgatam pahaṃ addhānam evam eva vedanāya khajjeyyaṃ seyyathāpi etarahi paccuppannāya vedanāya khajjāmīti || || So iti paṭisaṅkhāya atītāya vedanāya anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ vedanaṃ nābhinandati paccuppannāya vedanāya nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
13 Ahaṃ kho etarahi saññāya khajjāmi || ||
14 Ahaṃ kho etarahi saṅkhārehi khajjāmi || atītaṃ paham addhānam evam eva saṅkhārehi khajjiṃ seyyathāpi etarahi paccuppannehi saṅkhārehi khajjāmi || ahaṃ ceva kho pana anāgate saṅkhāre abhinandeyyaṃ anagatam paham addhānam evam eva saṅkhārehi khajjeyyaṃ seyyathāpi etarahi paccuppannehi saṅkhārehi khajjāmīti || || So iti paṭisaṅkhāya atītesu saṅkhāresu anapekho hoti || anāgate saṅkhāre nābhinandati || paccuppannānaṃ saṅkhārānam nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
15 Ahaṃ kho etarahi viññāṇena khajjāmi || atītam pi addhānam evam eva viññāṇena khajjiṃ seyyathāpī etarahi paccuppannena viññāṇena khajjāmi || ahaṃ ceva kho pana anāgatam viññāṇam abhinandeyyam anāgatam paham addhānam evam eva viññāṇena khajjeyyaṃ seyyathāpi etarahi paccuppannena viññāṇena khajjāmīti || || So iti paṭisaṅkhāya atītasmiṃ viññāṇasmiṃ anapekho hoti ||
anāgataṃ viññāṇaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa viññāṇassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
16 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccam vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkham vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassitum Etaṃ mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
17-19 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || ||
[page 089]
XXII. 79. 29] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 89
20 Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante ti || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ va taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
21 Tasmātiha bhikkhave yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ Netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || evaṃ etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbam || ||
22 Yā kāci vedanā || pe ||
23 Yā kāci saññā || ||
24 Ye keci saṅkhārā || ||
25 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccupannaṃ || la ||
yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
26 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako apacināti no ācināti || pajahati na upādiyati || viseneti no usseneti ||
vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti || ||
27 Kiñca apacināti no ācināti || || Rūpaṃ apacināti no ācināti || Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || Viññāṇaṃ apacināti no acināti || ||
28 Kiñcā pajahati na upādiyati || || Rūpaṃ pajahati na upādiyati || Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || Viññāṇaṃ pajahati na upādiyati || ||
29 Kiñca viseneti na usseneti || || Rūpaṃ viseneti na usseneti || Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || Viññāṇaṃ viseneti na usseneti || ||
[page 090]
90 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 79.30
30 Kiñca vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti || || Rūpaṃ vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti || Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || Viññāṇam vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti || ||
31 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi || saññāya pi || saṅkhāresu pi || viññānasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati ||
virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñaṇaṃ hoti || ||
Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
32 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu nevācināti na apacināti || apacinitvā ṭhito neva pajahati na upādiyati ||
pajahitvā ṭhito neva viseneti na usseneti || visenetvā ṭhito neva vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti || ||
33 Vidhūpetvā ṭhito kiñca nevācināti na apacināti || apacinitvā ṭhito rūpam nevācināti na apacināti || apacinitvā ṭhito vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇaṃ nevācināti na apacināti || ||
34 Apacinitvā ṭhito kiñca neva pajahati na upādiyati ||
pajahitvā ṭhito rūpaṃ neva pajahati na upādiyati || pajahitvā ṭhito vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇaṃ neva pajahati na upādiyati || ||
35 Pajahitvā ṭhito kiñca neva viseneti na usseneti ||
visenetvā ṭhito rūpaṃ neva vineseti na usseneti || visenetvā ṭhito vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇaṃ neva viseneti na usseneti || ||
36 Visenetvā ṭhito kiñca neva vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti ||
vidhūpetvā ṭhito rūpaṃ neva vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti ||
vidhūpetvā ṭhito vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇaṃ neva vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti || ||
37 Vidhūpetvā ṭhito evaṃ vimuttacittaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhuṃ sa-indakādevā sabrahmakā sapajāpatikā ārakā va namassanti || ||
[page 091]
XXII. 80.8] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 91
38 Namo te purisājañña || namo te purisuttama ||
Yassa tenābhijānāma || yam pi nissāya jhāyasīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).80 (8) Piṇḍolyam
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapilavatthusmiṃ Nigrodhārāme || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā kismiñcid eva pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇāmetvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacivaram ādāya Kapilavathuṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi || ||
3 Kapilavatthusmiṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapatikkanto yena mahāvanaṃ tenupasaṅkami divāviharāya || mahāvanam ajjhogahetvā veluvalaṭṭhitāya mūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi || ||
4 Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || ||
5 Mayā kho bhikkhu saṅgho pavāḷho || santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ||
tesaṃ mamaṃ apassantānaṃ siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipariṇāmo || || Seyyathāpi nāma vacchassa taruṇassa mātaraṃ apassantassa siyā aññathattam siyā vipariṇāmo || ||
6 Evam evaṃ santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ tesaṃ mamaṃ apassantānaṃ siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipariṇāmo || || Seyyathāpi nāma bījānam taruṇānaṃ udakam alabhantānaṃ siyā aññathattam siyā vipariṇāmo || ||
7 Evam eva santettha || pa || tesaṃ mamaṃ alabhantānaṃ dassanāya siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipariṇāmo || || Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yatheva mayā pubbe bhikkhusaṅgho anuggahīto evam eva etarahi anuggaṇheyyaṃ bhikkhusaṅghanti || ||
8 Atha kho Brahmā sahampati Bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitam vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritam vā bāham sammiñjeyya || evam eva Brahmaloke antarahito Bhagavato purato pātur ahosi || ||
[page 092]
92 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 80.9
9 Atha kho Brahmā sahampati ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Evam etam Bhagavā evam etaṃ Sugata Bhagavatā bhante bhikkhusaṅgho pavāḷho || ||
10 Santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ || tesaṃ Bhagavantam apassantānaṃ siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipariṇāmo || || Seyyathāpi nāma vacchassa taruṇassa mātaram apassantassa siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipariṇāmo || ||
11 Evam eva santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imam dhammavinayaṃ || tesaṃ Bhagavantam apassantānaṃ siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipariṇāmo || || Seyyathāpi nāma bījānam taruṇānaṃ udakaṃ alabhantānaṃ siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipariṇāmo || ||
12 Evam eva santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ || tesaṃ Bhagavantam alabhantānaṃ dassanāya siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipariṇāmo || ||
13 Abhinandatu bhante Bhagavā bhikkhusaṅgham abhivadatu bhante Bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ || yatheva bhante Bhagavatā pubbe bhikkhusaṅgho anuggahito evam evaṃ etarahi anuggaṇhātu bhikkhusaṅghanti || ||
14 Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena || ||
15 Atha kho Brahmā sahampati Bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi || ||
16 Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ patisallānā vuṭṭhito yena Nigrodhārāmo tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi nisajja kho Bhagavā tathārūpam iddhābhisaṅkhāram abhisaṅkhāyi yāthā te bhikkhū [ekavihakāya sārajjāyamānarūpā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkameyyuṃ ||
17 Te bhikkhū] ekavihakāya sārajjāyamānarupā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu
[page 093]
XXII. 80. 22] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 93
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
11 Ekam antaṃ nisinne kho te bhikkhū Bhagavā etad avoca || || Antam idaṃ bhikkhave jīvikānaṃ yad idaṃ piṇḍolyam || abhisāpāyaṃ lokasmiṃ piṇḍolo vicarasi pattapāṇīti taṃ ca kho evaṃ bhikkhave kulaputtā upenti atthavasikā atthavasaṃ paṭicca || neva rājābhinītā na corābhinītā na iṇaṭṭhā na bhayaṭṭhā na jīvikā pakatā || Api ca kho otiṇṇamhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi || dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto || appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antarakiriyā paññāyethāti || ||
19 Evam pabbajito cāyaṃ bhikkhave kulaputto so ca hoti abhijjālu kāmesu tibbasārāgo vyāpannacitto paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo muṭṭhassati asampajāno asamāhito vibbhantacitto pākatindriyo || || Seyyathāpi bhikkhave chavālātam ubhato padittam majjhe gūthagataṃ neva gāme kaṭṭhattam pharati nāraññe kaṭṭhattam pharati || tathūpamāham bhikkhave imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi gihibhogā ca parihīno sāmaññatthañca na paripūreti || ||
20 Tayo me bhikkhave akusalavitakkā kāmavitakko vyāpādavitakko vihiṃsavitakko ||ime ca kho bhikkhave tayo akusalavitakkā kva aparisesā nirujjhanti || || Catūsu vā satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhita-cittassa viharato animittaṃ vā samādhiṃ bhāvayato || ||
21 Yāvañcidaṃ bhikkhave alam eva animitto samādhi bhāvetuṃ || animitto bhikkhave samādhi bhāvito bahulīkato mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso || ||
22 Dve mā bhikkhave diṭṭhiyo bhavadiṭṭhi ca vibhavadiṭṭhi ca
[page 094]
94 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 80. 23
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Tatra kho bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati Atthi nu kho kiñci lokasmiṃ yam aham upādiyamāno na vajjavā assan ti ||
23 So evam pajānāti Natthi nu kho taṃ kiñci lokasmiṃ yam aham upādiyamāno na vajjavā assam || ahaṃ hi rupaññeva upadiyamāno upādiyeyyaṃ || vedanaññeva ||
saññaññeva || saṅkhāre yeva || viññāṇaññeva upādiyamāno upādiyeyyaṃ || || Tassa me assa upādānapaccayā bhavo bhavapaccayā jāti jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomassupāyāsā sambhaveyyuṃ || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo assa || ||
24 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkhaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
25-28 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam saṅkhittaṃ || la ||
29-30 Tasmātiha bhikkhave evam passaṃ || pa || nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).81 (9) Pārileyya
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kosambiyaṃ viharati Ghositārāme || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Kosambim piṇḍāya pāvīsi || Kosambiyam piṇḍaya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapatikkanto sāmaṃ senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaram ādāya anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ eko adutiyo cārikaṃ pakkāmi
[page 095]
XXII. 81. 9] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 95
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
3 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu acirapakkantassa Bhagavato yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandaṃ etad avoca || || Esāvuso Ānanda Bhagavā sāmaṃ senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaram ādāya anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅgham eko cārikam pakkanto ti || ||
4 Yasmiṃ āvuso samaye Bhagavā sāmaṃ senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaram ādāya anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ eko adutiyo cārikam pakkāmi eko va Bhagavā tasmiṃ samaye viharitukāmo hoti na Bhagavā tasmiṃ samaye kenaci anubandhitabbo hotīti || ||
5 Atha kho Bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Pārileyyakaṃ tad avasari || tatra sudam Bhagavā Pārileyyake viharati bhaddasālamūle || ||
6 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Ānandena saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
7 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantam Ānandam etad avocuṃ || || Cirassaṃ sutā kho no āvuso Ānanda Bhagavato sammukhā dhammī kathā || icchāma mayaṃ āvuso Ānanda Bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṃ kathaṃ sotun ti || ||
8 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ yena Pārileyyakaṃ bhaddhasālamūlaṃ yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
9 Ekam antaṃ nisinne kho te bhikkhū Bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi || ||
[page 096]
96 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 81. 10
10 Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno evam cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Kathaṃ nu kho jānato katham passato anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hotīti || ||
11 Atha kho Bhagavā tassa bhikkhuno cetasā ceto parivitakkam aññāya bhikkhū āmantesi || || Vicayaso desito bhikkhave mayā dhammo || vicayaso desitā cattāro satipaṭṭhānā || vicayaso desitā sammappadhānā || vicayaso desitā cattāro iddhipādā || vicayaso desitāni pañcindriyāni ||
vicayaso desitāni pañcabalāni || vicayaso desitāni sattabojjhaṅgāni || vicayaso desito ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo ||
Evaṃ vicayaso kho desito bhikkhave mayā dhammo || ||
12 Evam vicayaso desite kho bhikkhave mayā dhamme ||
atha panidhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Kathaṃ nu kho jānato katham passato anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hotīti || ||
13 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave jānato katham passato anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
14 Idha bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānam adassavī || la || sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || yā kho pana bhikkhave sā samanupassanā saṅkhāro so || || So pana saṅkhāro kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kimpabhavoti || || Avijjāsamphassajena bhikkhave vedayitena phuṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā || tatojo so saṅkhāro || || Iti kho bhikkhave so pi kho saṅkhāro anicco saṅkhato paṭiccasamuppanno || sā pi taṇhā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā || sā pi vedanā || so pi phasso anicco saṅkhato paṭiccasamuppanno || sā pi avijjā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā
[page 097]
XXII. 81. 19] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 97
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Evam pi kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
17 Na heva kho rūpam attato samanupassati || api ca kho rūpavantam attānaṃ samanupassati || yā kho pana sā bhikkhave samanupassanā saṅkhāro so || || So pana saṅkhāro kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kimpabhavo || ||
Avijjāsamphassajena bhikkhave vedayitena phuṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā || tatojo so saṅkhāro || || Iti kho bhikkhave so pi saṅkhāro anicco saṅkhato paticcasamuppanno || sā pi taṇhā || pe || sā pi vedanā || so pi phasso || sā pi avijjā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā || ||
Evam pi kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
18 Na heva kho rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantam attānaṃ samanupassati || api ca kho attani rūpam samanupassati || yā kho pana sā bhikkhave samanupassanā saṅkhāro so || || So pana {saṅkhāro} kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kimpabhavo || || Avijjāsamphassajena bhikkhave vedayitena puṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā || tatojo so {saṅkhāro} || ||
Iti kho bhikkhave so pi saṅkhāro anicco saṅkhato paṭicca samuppanno || sā pi {taṇhā} || sā pi vedanā || so pi phasso ||
sā pi avijjā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā || || Evam pi kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
19 Na heva kho rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantam attānaṃ samanupassati || na attani rūpaṃ samanupassati || api ca kho rūpasmiṃ attānaṃ samanupassati || || Yā kho pana sā bhikkhave samanupassanā saṅkhāro so || ||
So pana saṅkhāro kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kimpabhavo || || Avijjāsamphassajena bhikkhave vedayitena puṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā || tatojo so saṅkhāro || || Iti kho bhikkhave so pi saṅkhāro anicco saṅkhato paṭiccasamuppanno || sā pi taṇhā
[page 098]
98 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 81. 20
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || sā pi vedanā || so pi phasso || sā pi avijjā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā || || Evam pi kho bhikkhave jānato || la || āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
20 Na heva kho rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantam attānaṃ || na attani rūpam || na rūpasmiṃ attānaṃ samanupassati || ||
21 Api ca kho vedanam attato samanupassati || api ca kho vedanāvantam attānaṃ samanupassati || api ca kho attani vedanaṃ samanupassati || api ca kho vedanāya attānaṃ samanupassati || ||
22-23 Api ca kho saññaṃ || || Api ca kho saṅkhāre attato samanupassati || api ca kho saṅkhāravantam attānaṃ samanupassati || api ca kho attani saṅkhāre samanupassati ||
api ca kho saṅkhāresu attānaṃ samanupassati || ||
24 Api ca kho viññāṇam attato samanupassati || api ca kho viññāṇavantaṃ attānaṃ || api ca kho attani viññāṇam ||
api ca kho viññāṇasmiṃ attānaṃ samanupassati || || Yā kho pana sā bhikkhave samanupassanā saṅkhāro so || ||
So pana saṅkhāro kiṃnidāno || la || kimpabhavo || || Avijjāsamphassajena bhikkhave vedayitena puṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā || tatojo so saṅkhāro || || Iti kho bhikkhave so pi saṅkhāro anicco saṅkhato paṭiccasamuppanno || sā pi taṇhā || pe || sā pi vedanā || so pi phasso ||
sā pi avijjā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā || || Evam pi kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
25 Na heva kho rūpam attato samanupassati || na vedanam attato samanupassati || na saññaṃ || na saṅkhāre ||
na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || ||
Api ca kho evam diṭṭhi hoti || so attā so loko || so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo ti || ||
Yā kho pana sā bhikkhave sassatadiṭṭhi saṅkhāro so ||
so pāna saṅkhāro kiṃnidāno || pa || || Evam pi kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
26 Na heva kho rūpaṃ attato samanupassati || na vedanaṃ
[page 099]
XXII. 81. 30] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 99
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || na saññaṃ || na saṅkhāre || na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || na pi hevaṃ diṭṭhi hoti So attā so loko so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato aviparināmadhammo ti || || Api ca kho evaṃ diṭṭhi hoti No ca assaṃ no ca me siyā na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatīti || ||
27 Yā kho pana sā bhikkhave ucchedadiṭṭhi saṅkhāro so ||
so pana saṅkhāro kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavo || || Avijjāsamphassajena bhikkhave vedayitena puṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā ||
tatojo so saṅkhāro || || Iti kho bhikkhave so pi saṅkhāro anicco || la || Evam pi kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
28 Na heva kho rūpaṃ attato samanupassati || na vedanaṃ na saññaṃ na saṅkhāre na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || la || na viññāṇasmiṃ attānaṃ samanupassati || ||
Na pi evaṃ diṭṭhi hoti So attā so loko so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammoti || na pi evam diṭṭhi hoti No cassaṃ no ca me siyā na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatīti || || Api ca kho kaṅkhī hoti vicikicchī aniṭṭhaṅgato saddhamme || ||
29 Yā kho pana sā bhikkhave kaṅkhitā vicikicchitā aniṭṭhaṅgatā saddhamme saṅkhāro so || so pana saṅkhāro kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavo || || Avijjā saṃphassajena bhikkhave vedayitena puṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā || tatojo so saṅkhāro ||
Iti kho bhikkhave so pi {saṅkhāro} anicco saṅkhato paṭiccasamuppanno || sā pi taṇhā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā || sā pi vedanā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā ||
so pi phasso anicco saṅkhato paṭiccasamuppanno || sā pi avijjā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā || ||
30 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hotīti || ||
[page 100]
100 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 82. 1
SN_3,22(1).82 (10) Puṇṇamā
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Pubbārāme Migāramātupāsāde mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā tadahuposathe pannarase puṇṇamāya rattiyā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto ajjhokāse nisinno hoti || ||
3 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Puccheyyāham bhante Bhagavantaṃ kiñcid eva desaṃ sace me Bhagavā okāsaṃ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyāti || ||
Tena hi tvaṃ bhikkhu sake āsane nisīditvā puccha yad ākaṅkhasīti || ||
4 Evam bhante ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato paṭissutvā sake āsane nisīditvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ime nu kho bhante pañcupādānakkhandhā || seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho vedanupādānakkhandho saññupādānakkhandho saṅkhārupādānakkhandho viññānupādānakkhandhoti || ||
Ime kho bhikkhu pañcupādānakkhandhā || seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || la || viññāṇupādānakkhandhoti || ||
5 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantam uttarim pañham apucchi || || Ime kho pana bhante pañcupādānakkhandhā kimmūlakā ti || ||
Ime kho bhikkhu pañcupādānakkhandhā chandamūlakā ti || ||
6 Pa || Taññeva nu kho bhante upādānaṃ te pañcupādānakkhandhā udāhu aññatra pañcupādānakkhandehi upādānan ti || ||
Na kho bhikkhu taññeva upādānaṃ te pañcupādānakkhandhā nāpi aññatra pañcupādānakkhandehi upādānaṃ
[page 101]
XXII. 82. 9] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 101
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
api ca yo tattha chandarāgo taṃ tattha upādānan ti || ||
7 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu || la || uttarim pañhaṃ apucchi || || Siyā pana bhante pañcupādānakkhandhesu chandarāgavemattatā ti || ||
Siyā bhikkhu ti Bhagavā avoca || || Idha bhikkhu ekaccassa evaṃ hoti || || Evaṃrūpo siyam anāgatam addhānaṃ ||
evaṃvedano siyam anāgatam addhānaṃ || evaṃsaññī siyam anāgatam addhānaṃ || evaṃsaṅkhāro siyaṃ anāgatam addhānaṃ || evaṃviññāṇo siyaṃ anāgatam addhānaṃ || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhu siyā pañcupādānakkhandhesu chandarāgavemattatā ti || ||
8 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu || pe || uttariṃ pañham apucchi || || Kittāvatā nu kho khandhānaṃ khandhādhivacanan ti || ||
Yaṃ kiñci bhikkhave rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā ayaṃ vuccati rūpakkhandho || Yā kāci vedanā || yā kāci saññā || ye keci saṅkhārā || yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattam vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā ayaṃ vuccati viññāṇakkhandho || || Ettāvatā kho bhikkhu khandhānaṃ khandhādhivacanan ti || ||
9 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu || pe || apucchi || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo rūpakkhandhassa paññāpanāya || Ko hetu ko paccayo vedanākkhandhassa paññāpanāya || Ko hetu ko paccayo saññākkhandhassa paññāpanāya || Ko hetu ko paccayo saṅkhārakkhandhassa paññāpanāya || Ko hetu ko paccayo viññāṇakkhandhassa paññāpanāyāti || ||
Cattāro kho bhikkhu mahābhūtā hetu cattāro mahābhūtā paccayo rūpakkhandhassa paññāpanāya || || Phasso hetu phassa paccayo vedanākkhandhassa paññāpanāya || phasso hetu phasso paccayo saññākkhandhassa paññāpanāya ||
[page 102]
102 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 82. 10
phasso hetu phasso paccayo saṅkhārakkhandhassa paññāpanāya || || Nāmarūpaṃ hetu nāmarūpam paccayo viññāṇakkhandhassa paññāpanāyāti || ||
10 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu || pe || apucchi || ||
Kathaṃ nu kho bhante sakkāyadiṭṭhi hotīti || ||
Idha bhikkhu assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ ||
vedanaṃ || pe || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇam attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || || Evaṃ kho bhikkhu sakkāya diṭṭhi hotīti || ||
11 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu || pe || apucchi || ||
Katham pana bhante sakkāyadiṭṭhi na hotīti || ||
Idha bhikkhu sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisānaṃ dassāvī sapurisaddhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ na attani vā rūpaṃ na rūpasmiṃ vā attānam || ||
na vedanaṃ || || na saññaṃ || || na saṅkhāre || || na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || na viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ na attani vā viññānaṃ na viññāṇasmiṃ vā attanaṃ || || Evaṃ kho bhikkhu sakkāyadiṭṭhi na hotīti || ||
12 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu || pe || apucchi || || Ko nu kho bhante rūpassa assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇaṃ ||
ko vedanāya || ko saññāya || ko saṅkhārānaṃ || ko viññāṇassa assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇan ti || ||
Yaṃ kho bhikkhu rūpaṃ paticca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ ayaṃ rūpassa assādo || yaṃ rūpam aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam ayaṃ rūpassa ādīnavo || yo rūpasmiṃ chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ idaṃ rūpassa nissaraṇaṃ || || Yaṃ vedanaṃ paticca || || Yaṃ saññaṃ paticca
[page 103]
XXII. 82. 15] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 103
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Ye saṅkhāre paṭicca || || Yaṃ viññāṇam paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ ayaṃ viññāṇassa assādo || yaṃ viññāṇam aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ ayaṃ viññāṇassa ādīnavo || yo viññāṇasmiṃ chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ idaṃ viññāṇassa nissaraṇan ti || ||
13 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañham apucchi || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato kathaṃ passato imasmim ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontīti || ||
Yaṃ kiñci bhikkhu rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattam vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīṇaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati || || Yā kāci vedanā ||
pe || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci saṅkhārā || || Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā panītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati || || Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato imasmiṃ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontīti || ||
14 Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Iti kira bho rūpam anattā || vedanā || saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇam anattā || anattakatāni kammāni katamattānaṃ phusissantīti || ||
15 Atha kho Bhagavā tassa bhikkhuno cetasā ceto parivitakkaṃ aññāya bhikkhū āmantesi || || Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ bhikkhave vijjati yaṃ idhekacco moghapuriso avidvā avijjāgato taṇhādhipateyyena cetasā satthusāsanaṃ atidhāvitabbaṃ maññeyya || || Iti kira bho rūpam anattā ||
vedanā || saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇaṃ anattā anattakatāni kammāni katamattānaṃ phusissanti
[page 104]
104 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 82. 16
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Paṭipucchā vinītā kho me tumhe bhikkhave tatra tatra tesu dhammesu || ||
16 Taṃ kiṃ maññattha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
17-19 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || ||
20 Viññāṇam niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkhaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ || || Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me āttāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
21 Tasmātiha || la || evaṃ passaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
22 [Dve Khandhā Taññeva Siyaṃ ||
Adhivacanam ca Hetunā ||
Sattā yena duve vuttā ||
Assāda-Viññāṇakena ca ||
Ete dasavidhā vuttā ||
Hoti bhikkhupucchāyāti] || ||
Khajjaniyavaggo tatiyo ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Assādo dve Samudayā ||
Arahantehi apare dve
Sīhā Khajjani Piṇḍolyaṃ ||
Pārileyyena Puṇṇamāti || ||
[page 105]
XXII. 83. 13] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 105
CHAPTER IV THERAVAGGO SN_3,22(1).CATUTTHO
SN_3,22(1).83 (1) Ānando
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Ānando Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tatra kho āyasmā Ānando bhikkhū āmantesi Āvuso bhikkhavo ti || ||
Āvuso ti kho ti bhikkhū āyasmato Ānandassa paccassosuṃ || ||
Āyasmā Ānando etad avoca || ||
3 Puṇṇo nāma āvuso āyasmā Mantāniputto amhākaṃ navakānaṃ sataṃ bahūpakāro hoti || so amhe iminā ovādena ovadati Upādāya āvuso Ānanda asmīti hoti no anupādāya || ||
4 Kiñca upādāya asmīti hoti no anupādāya || ||
Rūpam upādāya asmīti hoti no anupādāya || || Vedanaṃ ||
Saññaṃ || {Saṅkhāre} || Viññāṇam upādāya asmīti hoti no anupādāya || ||
5 Seyyathāpi āvuso Ānanda itthi vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte acche vā udakapatte sakaṃ mukhanimittam paccavekkhamāno upādāya passeyya no anupādāya || || Evam eva kho āvuso Ānanda rūpaṃ upādāya asmīti hoti no anupādāya || vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇaṃ upādāya asmīti hoti no anupādāya || ||
6 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi āvuso Ānanda Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam āvuso || ||
7-10 Vedanā || pe || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam avuso || ||
11 Tasmātiha || pa ||
12 Evam passaṃ || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
13 Puṇṇo nāma āvuso āyasmā Mantāniputto amhākaṃ navakānaṃ satam bahūpakāro hoti
[page 106]
106 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 84. 1
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || So amhe iminā ovādena ovadati || idaṃ ca pana me āyasmato Puṇṇassa Mantāniputtassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā dhammo abhisameto ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).84 (2) Tisso
1 Savatthi || ārāme ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Tisso Bhagavato pitucchāputto sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evam āroceti || ||
Api me āvuso madhurakajāto viya kāyo || disā pi me na pakkhāyanti || dhammā pi maṃ na paṭibhanti || thīnamiddhaṃ ca me cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati || anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carāmi hoti ca me dhammesu vicikicchā ti || ||
3 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Āyasmā bhante Tisso Bhagavato pitucchāputto sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evam āroceti || || Api me āvuso madhurakajāto viya kāyo || disā pi me na pakkhāyanti || dhammā pi maṃ na paṭibhanti || thīnamiddhaṃ ca me cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati || anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carāmi || hoti ca me dhammesu vicikicchā ti || ||
5 Atha kho Bhagavā aññataram bhikkhum āmantesi || ||
Ehi tvam bhikkhu mama vacanena Tissaṃ bhikkhum āmantehi || Satthā taṃ āvuso Tissa āmantetīti || ||
6 Evam bhante ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā Tisso tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Tissam etad avoca || || Satthā tam āvuso Tissa āmantetīti || ||
7 Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Tisso tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Tissam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Tissaṃ sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnam evam ārocesi
[page 107]
XXII. 84. 17] THERAVAGGA CATUTTHO 107
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Api me āvuso madhurakajāto viya kāyo || la || hoti ca me dhammesu vicikicchā ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
9 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Tissa rūpe avigatarāgassa avigatachandassa avigarapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa avigatataṇhassa tassa rūpassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
10-13 Sādhu sādhu Tissa evaṃ hetaṃ Tissa hoti yathā taṃ rūpe avigatarāgassa || vedanāya || saññāya || saṅkhāresu avigatarāgassa || pe || tesaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
14 Sādhu sādhu Tissa evaṃ hetaṃ Tissa hoti yathā taṃ [saṅkhāresu avigatarāgassa ||] viññāṇe avigatarāgassa avigatachandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa avigatataṇhassa tassa viññāṇassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
15 Sādhu sādhu Tissa evaṃ hetaṃ Tissa hoti yathā taṃ viññāṇe avigatarāgassa || ||
16 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Tissa rūpe vigatarāgassa vigatachandassa vigatapemassa vigatapipāsassa vigatapariḷāhassa vigatataṇhassa tassa rūpassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
17 Sādhu sādhu Tissa evaṃ hetaṃ Tissa hoti yathā taṃ rūpe vigatarāgassa || vedanāya || saññāya || saṅkhāresu vigatarāgassa || viññāṇe vigatarāgassa vigatachandassa vigatapemassa vigatapipāsassa vigatapariḷāhassa vigatataṇhassa tassa viññāṇassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti
[page 108]
108 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 84. 18
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
18 Sādhu sādhu Tissa evaṃ hetaṃ Tissa hoti yathā taṃ viññāṇe vigātarāgassa || ||
19 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Tissa rūpaṃ ṇiccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
20-23 Vedanā || pe || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
24 Tasmā ti ha || la ||
25 Evam passam || pa || nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti ||
26 Seyyathāpassa Tissa dve purisā eko puriso amaggakusalo eko puriso maggakusalo || || Tam enaṃ so amaggakusalo puriso amum maggakusalam purisam maggam puccheyya || so evaṃ vadeyya Evaṃ bho purisa ayam maggo || tena muhuttam gaccha || tena muhuttam gantvā dakkhissasi dvidhāpathaṃ || tattha vāmaṃ muñcitvā dakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhāhi || tena muhuttam gaccha || tena muhuttaṃ gantvā dakkhissasi tibbam vanasaṇḍaṃ || || Tena muhuttaṃ gaccha tena muhuttaṃ gantvā dakkhissasi mahantam ninnaṃ pallalaṃ || || Tena muhuttam gaccha ||
tena muhuttaṃ gantvā dakkhissasi sobbham papātaṃ || ||
Tena muhuttaṃ gaccha || tena muhuttaṃ gantvā dakkhissasi samam bhūmibhāgaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ || ||
27 Upamā kho myāyaṃ Tissa katā atthassa viññāpanāya ayaṃ cevettha attho || ||
28 Puriso amaggakusalo ti kho Tissa puthujjanassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ || || Puriso maggakusalo ti kho Tissā Tathāgatassetam adhivacanam arahato sammāsambuddhassa || ||
29 Dvidhāpatho ti kho Tissa vicikicchāyetam adhivacanaṃ
[page 109]
XXII. 85. 5] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 109
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Vāmamaggo ti kho Tissa aṭṭhaṅgikassetam micchāmaggassa adhivacanaṃ || seyyathīdam micchādiṭṭhiyā ||
la || micchāsamādhissa || || Dakkhiṇamaggo ti kho Tissa ariyassetam aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa adhivacanaṃ || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhiyā || la || sammāsamādhissa || ||
30 Tibbo vanasaṇḍo ti kho Tissa avijjāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ || || Mahantaṃ ninnaṃ pallalanti kho Tissa kāmānaṃ etam adhivacanaṃ || || Sobbho papāto ti kho Tissa kodhūpāyāsassetam adhivacanaṃ || || Samo bhūmibhāgo ramaṇīyo ti kho Tissa nibbānassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
31 Abhirama Tissa abhirama Tissa aham ovādena aham anuggahena aham anusāsaniyāti || ||
32 Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamano āyasmā Tisso Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinandīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).85 (3) Yamako
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Sāriputto Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Yamakassa nāma bhikkhuno evarūpam pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti || || Tathāham Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi || yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti param maraṇā ti || ||
3 Assosuṃ kho sambahulā bhikkhū Yamakassa kira nāma bhikkhuno evarūpam pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ || || Tathāham || || maraṇā ti || ||
4 Atha kho te bhikkhū yenāyasmā Yamako tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Yamakena saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
5 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Yamakam etad avocuṃ || || Saccaṃ kira te āvuso Yamaka evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigatam upannaṃ || || Tathāham Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāmi yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti param maraṇā ti
[page 110]
110 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 85. 6
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
6 Evaṃ kho haṃ āvuso Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāmi || yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti param maraṇā ti || ||
7 Mā āvuso Yamaka evam avaca || mā Bhagavantam abbhācikkhi || na hi sādhu Bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ ||
na hi Bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya Khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti param {maraṇā} ti || ||
8 Evam pi kho āyasmā Yamako tehi bhikkhūhi vuccamāno thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati || || Tathāham Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti param maraṇā ti || ||
9 Yato kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu āyasmantaṃ Yamakam etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṃ || atha kho te bhikkhū uṭṭhāyāsanā yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avocuṃ || || Yamakassa nāma āvuso Sāriputta bhikkhuno evarūpam pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigatam uppannaṃ || || Tathāhaṃ Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāmi || yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti param maranāti || || Sādhāyasmā Sāriputto yena Yamako bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamatu anukampam upādāyāti || ||
10 Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā Sāriputto tuṇhībhāvena || ||
11 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Yamako tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Yamakena saddhiṃ sammodi || la || ||
12 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantaṃ Yamakam etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira te āvuso Yamaka evarūpam pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ || ||
Tathāham Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāmi || yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti param maranā ti
[page 111]
XXII. 85. 32] THERAVAGGA CATUTTHO 111
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
13 Evaṃ khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi || yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti param maraṇā ti || ||
14 Tam kim maññasi āvuso Yamaka rupaṃ niccam vā aniccaṃ vā ||
Aniccam āvuso || ||
15-18 Vedanā || pe || saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam āvuso || ||
19 Tasmātiha || pa ||
20 Evam passaṃ || la || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānāti || ||
21 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi āvuso Yamaka rūpaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam avuso || ||
22-26 Vedanaṃ || pe || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam avuso || ||
27 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi āvuso Yamaka rūpasmiṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Aññatra rūpā tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
28 Vedanāya || aññatra vedanāya || ||
29 Saññāya || aññatra saññāya || ||
30 Saṅkhāresu aññatra saṅkhārehi || ||
31 Viññāṇasmim tathāgatoti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetaṃ āvuso || ||
Aññatra viññāṇā tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetaṃ āvuso || ||
32 Taṃ kim maññasi āvuso Yamaka || Rupā vedanā saññā saṅkhārā viññāṇaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetaṃ āvuso || ||
[page 112]
112 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 85. 33
33 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi āvuso Yamaka ayaṃ so arūpī avedano asaññī asaṅkhāro aviññāṇo tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetaṃ āvuso || ||
34 Ettha ca te āvuso Yamaka diṭṭheva dhamme saccato thetato tathāgato anupalabbhiyamāno || kallaṃ nu te taṃ veyyākaraṇam Tathāhaṃ Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāmi || yāthā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti param maranā ti || ||
35 Ahu kho me tam āvuso Sāriputta pubbe aviddasuno pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigatam idaṃ ca panāyasmato Sāriputtassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā taṃ ceva pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigatam pahīnaṃ dhammo ca me abhisameto ti || ||
36 Sace tam āvuso Yamaka evam puccheyyuṃ || || Yo so āvuso Yamaka bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā kiṃ hotīti || evam puṭṭho tvam āvuso Yamaka kinti vyākareyyāsīti || ||
37 Sace maṃ āvuso evam puccheyyuṃ || Yo so- -kiṃ hotīti evam puṭṭho ham āvuso evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || || Rūpaṃ kho āvuso aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkham || yaṃ dukkhaṃ taṃ niruddhaṃ tam atthagataṃ || || Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ ||
yaṃ dukkhaṃ taṃ niruddhaṃ tad atthagatan ti || ||
Evam puṭṭho aham āvuso evaṃ vyākareyyanti || ||
38 Sādhu sādhu āvuso Yamaka || tena hāvuso Yamaka upaman te karissāmi etasseva atthassa bhiyyosomattāya ñāṇāya || ||
39 Seyyathāpi āvuso Yamaka gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo so ca ārakkhasampanno || tassa kocid eva puriso uppajjeyya anatthakāmo ahitakāmo ayogakkhemakāmo jīvitā voropetukāmo || tassa evam assa Ayaṃ kho gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo so ca ārakkhasampanno nāyaṃ sukaro pasayha jīvitā voropetuṃ
[page 113]
XXII. 85. 43] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 113
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || yaṃ nūnāhaṃ anupakhajja jīvitā voropeyyan ti || || So taṃ gahapatiṃ vā gahapatiputtaṃ vā upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya Upaṭṭhaheyyantaṃ bhanteti || tam enaṃ so gahapati vā gahapātiputto vā upaṭṭhāpeyya || so upaṭṭhaheyya pubbuṭṭhayī pacchānipātī kiṃkārapatissāvī manāpacārī pīyavādī || || Tassa so gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā mittato pi naṃ daheyya suhajjato pi naṃ daheyya tasmiñca vissāsaṃ āpajjeyya ||
yadā kho āvuso tassa purisassa evam assa Saṃvissattho kho myāyaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā ti || atha naṃ rahogataṃ viditvā tiṇhena satthena jīvitā voropeyya || ||
40 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi āvuso Yamaka || Yadā pi so puriso amuṃ gahapatiṃ vā gahapatiputtaṃ vā upasaṅkamitvā evam āha Upaṭṭhaheyyaṃ tam bhante ti || tadā pi so vadhako va || vadhakañ ca pana santaṃ na aññāsi Vadhako me ti || ||
41 Yadā pi so upaṭṭhāti pubbuṭṭhāyi pacchānipāti kiṃkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī pīyavādī tadā pi so vadhako va ||
vadhakañca pana santam na aññāsi Vadhako me ti || ||
42 Yadā pi naṃ rahogataṃ viditvā tiṇhena satthena jīvitā voropeti tadā pi so vadhako va || vadhakañca pana santaṃ na aññāsi Vadhako me ti || ||
Evam āvuso ti || ||
43 Evam eva kho āvuso assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānam adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || || Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇam attato samanupassati viññāṇavantam vā attānaṃ attani vā viññāṇam viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānam
[page 114]
114 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 85. 44
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
44 So aniccaṃ rūpam Aniccaṃ rūpan ti yathābhūtam na pajānāti || || aniccaṃ vedanaṃ Aniccā vedanāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || || aniccaṃ saññaṃ || || anicce saṅkhāre Aniccā saṅkhārāti yathābhūtam na pajānāti || || aniccaṃ viññānaṃ Aniccaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
45 Dukkham rūpaṃ Dukkham rūpanti yathābhūtam na pajānāti || || dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ || || dukkhaṃ saññaṃ || || dukkhe saṅkhāre || || dukkhaṃ viññāṇaṃ Dukkhaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
46 Anattaṃ rūpam Anattaṃ rupan ti yathābhūtam na pajānāti || || anattaṃ vedanaṃ || || anattaṃ saññaṃ || || anatte saṅkhāre || || anattaṃ viññāṇaṃ Anattaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
47 Saṅkhataṃ rūpaṃ Saṅkhataṃ rūpan ti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || || saṅkhataṃ vedanaṃ || || saṅkhataṃ saññaṃ || ||
saṅkhate saṅkhāre || || saṅkhataṃ viññāṇaṃ Saṅkhataṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
48 Vadhakaṃ rupaṃ Vadhakaṃ rūpan ti yathābhūtam na pajānāti || || vadhakaṃ vedanaṃ || || vadhakaṃ saññaṃ ||
vadhake saṅkhāre Vadhakā saṅkhārāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || || vadhakaṃ viññāṇaṃ Vādhakaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
49 So rūpaṃ upeti upādiyati adhiṭṭhāti Attā me ti || ||
vedanaṃ || || saññaṃ || || saṅkhāre || || viññāṇaṃ upeti upādiyati adhiṭṭhāti Attā me ti || || Tassime pañcupādānakkhandhā upetā upādiṇṇā dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya {saṃvattanti} || ||
50 Sutavā ca kho āvuso ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ||
la || sappurisadhamme suvinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantam attānam || na attani rūpam || na rūpasmiṃ attānaṃ || || Na vedanaṃ || || Na saññaṃ || || Na saṅkhāre || || Na viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati || || na viññāṇavantaṃ attānaṃ || na attani vā viññāṇaṃ || na viññāṇasmiṃ attānaṃ || ||
[page 115]
XXII. 85. 58] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 115
51 So aniccaṃ rūpaṃ Aniccaṃ rūpan ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || || Aniccaṃ vedanaṃ || || Aniccaṃ saññaṃ || ||
Anicce saṅkhāre || || Aniccam viññāṇam Aniccaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || ||
52 Dukkhaṃ rūpaṃ Dukkhaṃ rūpan ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || || Dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ || || Dukkhaṃ saññaṃ || ||
Dukkhe saṅkhāre || || Dukkham viññāṇaṃ Dukkhaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
53 Anattaṃ rūpam Anattaṃ rūpan ti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Anattam vedanaṃ || || Anattaṃ saññaṃ || || Anatte saṅkhāre || || Anattaṃ viññāṇam Anattā viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || ||
54 Saṅkhataṃ rūpaṃ Saṅkhataṃ rūpan ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || || Saṅkhataṃ vedanaṃ || || Saṅkhataṃ saññaṃ || ||
Saṅkhate saṅkhāre || || Saṅkhataṃ viññāṇam Saṅkhataṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
55 Vadhakaṃ rūpaṃ Vadhakaṃ rupan ti yathābhutaṃ pajānāti || || Vadhakaṃ vedanaṃ || || Vadhakaṃ saññaṃ || ||
Vadhake saṅkhāre || || Vadhakaṃ viññāṇaṃ Vadhakaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || ||
56 So rūpaṃ na upeti na upādiyati nādhiṭṭhāti Attā me ti || || Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇaṃ na upeti na upādiyati nādhiṭṭhāti Attā me ti || || Tassime upādānakkhandhā anupetā anupadiṇṇā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattantīti || ||
57 Evaṃ hi te āvuso Sāriputta honti || yesaṃ āyasmantānam tādisā sabrahmacārino anukampakā atthakāmā ovādakā anusāsakā || idañ ce pana me āyasmato Sāriputtassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttanti || ||
58 Idam avoca āyasmā Sāriputto || attamano āyasmā Yamako āyasmato Sāriputtassa bhāsitam abhinandīti || ||
[page 116]
116 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 86. 1
SN_3,22(1).86 (4) Anurādho
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane Kuṭāgārasālāyaṃ || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Anurādho Bhagavato avidūre araññakuṭikāyaṃ viharati || ||
3 Atha kho sambahulā aññatitthiyā paribbājakā yenāyasmā Anurādho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Anurādhena saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nīsinnā kho te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam Anurādham etad avocuṃ || || Yo so āvuso Anurādha tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṃ tāthāgato imesu catūsu ṭhānesu paññāpayamāno paññāpeti || || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇa ti vā neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || ||
5 Evaṃ vutte Anurādho te aññatitthiye paribbājake etad avoca || || Yo so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṃ tathāgato aññatra imehi catūhi ṭhānehi paññāpayamāno paññāpeti || || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
6 Evaṃ vutte te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam Anurādham etad avocuṃ || || So cāyam bhikkhu navo bhavissati acirapabbajito || thero vā pana bālo avyatto ti || ||
7 Atha kho aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam Anurādham navavādena ca bālavādena ca apasādetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmiṃsu || ||
[page 117]
XXII. 86. 13] THERAVAGGA CATUTTHO 117
8 Atha kho āyasmato Anurādhassa acirapakkantesu tesu aññatitthiyesu paribbājakesu etad ahosi || || Sa ce kho maṃ te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā uttariṃ pañham puccheyyuṃ || kathaṃ vyākaramāno nu khvāhaṃ tesam aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānaṃ vuttavādī ceva Bhagavato assaṃ na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkheyyaṃ dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākareyyaṃ na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgaccheyyāti || ||
9 Atha kho āyasmā Anurādho yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā || la || ||
10 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Anurādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idhāhaṃ bhante Bhagavato avidūre araññakuṭikāyaṃ viharāmi || || Atha kho bhante sambahulā aññatitthiyā paribbājakā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || la ||
mam etad avocuṃ || || Yo so āvuso Anurādha tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṃ tathāgato imesu catūsu ṭhānesu paññāpayamāno paññāpeti Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || pe || neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti vā ti || ||
11 Evam vuttāham bhante te aññatitthiye paribbājake etad avoca || || Yo so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṃ tathāgato aññatra imehi catūhi ṭhānehi paññāyamāno paññāpeti Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || pe || neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
12 Evaṃ vutte bhante te aññatitthiyā paribbajakā mam etad avocuṃ || || So cāyam bhikkhu navo bhavissati acirapabbajito thero vā pana bālo avyatto ti || ||
13 Atha kho mam bhante te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā navavādena ca bālavādena ca apasādetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṃsu || ||
[page 118]
118 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 86. 14
14 Tassa mayham bhante acirapakkantesu tesu aññatitthiyesu paribbājakesu etad ahosi || || Sa ce kho maṃ te aññatitthiyā paribbajakā uttariṃ pañham puccheyyuṃ ||
kathaṃ vyākaramāno nu khvāhaṃ tesam aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānam vuttavādī ceva Bhagavato assaṃ na ca Bhagavantam abbhācikkheyyaṃ dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākareyyaṃ na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgaccheyyāti || ||
15 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Anurādha || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || la || ||
16 Tasmā ti ha || pa ||
17 Evam passam || la || nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
18 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Anurādha || Rūpaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasītī || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Vedanaṃ || pe || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
19 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Anurādha || Rūpasmiṃ tathāgatoti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Aññatra rūpā tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Vedanāya || pe || aññatra vedanāya || Saññāya || pe || aññatra saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || aññatra saṅkhārehi || || Viññāṇasmiṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Aññatra viññāṇā tathagato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
20 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Anurādha || ayaṃ so arūpī avedano asaññī asaṅkhāro aviññāṇo tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
21 Ettha ca te Anurādha diṭṭhevadhamme saccato thetato tathāgato anupalabbhiyamāno || kallaṃ nu te taṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ Yo so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṃ tathāgato aññatra imehi catūhi ṭhānehi paññāpayamāno paññāpeti Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā
[page 119]
XXII. 87. 6] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 119
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || na hoti || hoti ca na ca hoti || neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
22 Sādhu sādhu Anurādha pubbe cāham Anurādha etarahi ca dukkhañceva paññāpemi dukkhassa ca nirodhanti || ||
SN_3,22(1).87 (5) Vakkali
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Vakkali kumbhakāranivesane viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmā Vakkali upaṭṭhāke āmantesi || ||
Etha tumhe āvuso yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamatha ||
upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatha || || Vakkhali bhante bhikkhu ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || so Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatīti || || Evaṃ ca vadetha Sādhu kira bhante Bhagavā yena Vakkali bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamatu anukampam upādāyāti || ||
4 Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Vakkalissa paṭissutvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
5 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Vakkali bhante bhikkhu ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || so Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati || evañ ca pana vadeti Sādhu kira bhante Bhagavā yena Vakkali bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamatu anukampam upādāyāti || ||
Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena || ||
6 Atha kho Bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yenāyasmā Vakkali tenupasaṅkami || ||
[page 120]
120 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 87. 7
7 Addasā kho āyasmā Vakkali Bhagavantaṃ dūrato āgacchantaṃ || disvāna mañcake samadhosi || ||
8 Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Vakkalim etad avoca || ||
Alaṃ Vakkali mā tvaṃ mañcake samadhosi || santimāni āsanāni paññattāni tatthāhaṃ nisīdissamīti || || Nisīdi Bhagavā paññatte āsane || ||
9 Nisajja kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Vakkalim etad avoca || || Kacci te Vakkali khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīyaṃ kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti no abhikkamanti ||
paṭikkamosānaṃ paññāyati no abhikkamo ti || ||
Na me bhante khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ || bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paṭikkamanti abhikkamosānam paññāyati no paṭikkamo ti || ||
10 Kacci te Vakkali na kiñci kukkuccaṃ na koci vippaṭisāroti || ||
Taggha me bhante anappakaṃ kukkuccaṃ anappako ca vippaṭisāro ti ||
11 Kacci pana taṃ Vakkali attā sīlato na upavadatīti || ||
Na kho mam bhante attā sīlato upavadatīti || ||
12 No ce kira tam Vakkali attā sīlato upavadati || atha kiñci te kukkuccaṃ ko ca vippaṭisāro ti || ||
Cirapaṭikāham bhante Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamitukāmo natthi ca me kāyasmiṃ tāvatikā balamattā ||
yāyāhaṃ Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyan ti || ||
13 Alaṃ Vakkali kiṃ te iminā pūtikāyena diṭṭhena || ||
Yo kho Vakkali dhammam passati so mam passati || yo maṃ passati so dhammam passati || || Dhammaṃ hi Vakkali passanto maṃ passati maṃ passanto dhammam passati || ||
14 Taṃ kiṃ maññāsi Vakkali || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
[page 121]
XXII. 87. 25] THERAVAGGA CATUTTHO 121
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
Vedanā || pe || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ va aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
15-16 Tasmā ti || || Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
17 Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Vakkaliṃ iminā ovādena ovaditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pakkāmi || ||
18 Atha kho āyasmā Vakkali acirapakkantassa Bhagavato upaṭṭhāke āmantesi || || Etha maṃ āvuso mañcakam āropetvā yena Isigilipassakālasilā tenupasaṅkamatha ||
kathaṃ hi nāma mādiso antaraghare kālam kattabbaṃ maññeyyā ti || ||
19 Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Vakkalissa paṭissutvā āyasmantaṃ Vakkalim mañcakam āropetvā yena Isigilipassakālasilā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || ||
20 Atha kho Bhagavā taṃ ca rattiṃ taṃ ca divasāvasesaṃ Gijjhakūṭe pabbate vihāsi || ||
21 Atha kho dve devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Gijjhakūṭaṃ obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || la || ekam antaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
22 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Vakkali bhante bhikkhu vimokkhāya cetetīti || ||
23 Aparā devatā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || So hi nūna bhante suvimutto vimuccissatīti || ||
24 Idam avocuṃ tā devatāyo || || Idaṃ vatvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu || ||
25 Atha kho Bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū āmantesi || || Etha tumhe bhikkhave yena Vakkali bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamatha || upasaṅkamitvā Vakkalim bhikkhum evaṃ vadetha || || Suṇāvuso Vakkali Bhagavato vacanaṃ dvinnaṃ ca devatānaṃ
[page 122]
122 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 87. 26
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || imam āvuso rattiṃ dve devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappam Gijjhakūṭam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā {tenupasaṅkamiṃsu} ||
{upasaṅkamitvā} Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu || || Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho āvuso ekā devatā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Vakkali bhante bhikkhu vimokkhāya cetetīti || || Aparā devatā Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca || || So hi nūna bhante vimutto vimuccissatīti || ||
Bhagavā ca taṃ āvuso Vakkali evam āha || || Mā bhāyi Vakkali mā bhāyi Vakkali apāpakaṃ te maraṇam bhavissati apāpikā kālakiriyāti || ||
26 Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā Vakkali tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Vakkalim etad avocuṃ || || Suṇāvuso Vakkali Bhagavato vacanaṃ dvinnañ ca devatānan ti || ||
27 Atha kho āyasmā Vakkali upaṭṭhāke āmantesi || ||
Etha maṃ āvuso mañcakā oropetha kathaṃ hi nāma mādiso ucce āsane nisīditvā tassa Bhagavato sāsanam sotabbam maññeyā ti || ||
28 Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Vakkalissa paṭissutvā āyasmantaṃ Vakkalim mañcakā oropesuṃ || ||
29 Imaṃ āvuso rattim dve devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā || la || ekam antaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu || || Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho āvuso ekā devatā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Vakkali bhante bhikkhu vimokkhāya cetetīti || || Aparā devatā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || So hi nūna bhante suvimutto vimuccissatīti || || Bhagavā ca tam āvuso Vakkali evam āha || || Mā bhāyi Vakkali mā bhāyi apāpakan te maraṇam bhavissati apāpikā kālakiriyā ti || ||
30 Tena hāvuso mama vacanena Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatha || || Vakkali bhante bhikkhu ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno so Bhagavato pāde sīrasā vandati evañca vadeti || || Rūpam aniccaṃ tāham bhante na kaṅkhāmi ||
yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhanti na vicikicchāmi || yad aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ natthi me tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā ti na vicikicchāmi || ||
[page 123]
XXII. 87. 36] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 123
Vedanā aniccā tāham bhante na kaṅkhāmi || pe || ||
Saññā || Saṅkhārā || ||
Viññāṇam aniccaṃ tāham bhante na kaṅkhāmi || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhanti na vicikicchāmi || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ natthi me tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā ti na vicikicchāmīti || ||
31 Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Vakkalissa paṭissutvā pakkamiṃsu || ||
32 Atha kho āyasmā Vakkali acirapakkantesu tesu bhikkhūsu sattham āharesi || ||
33 Atha kho te bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Vakkali bhante bhikkhu ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno so Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati evaṃ ca vadeti || || Rūpam aniccaṃ tāham bhante na kaṅkhāmi ||
yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhanti na vicikicchāmi || yad aniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ natthi me tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā ti na vicikicchāmī || || Vedanā ||
Saññā || || {Saṅkhārā} || || Viññāṇam aniccaṃ tāham bhante na kaṅkhāmi || yad aniccam taṃ dukkhanti na vicikicchāmi ||
yad aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ natthi me tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā ti na vicikicchāmīti || ||
34 Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Āyāma bhikkhave yena Isigilipassakālasilā tenupasaṅkamissāmi ||
yattha Vakkalinā kulaputtena sattham āharitan ti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
35 Atha kho Bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ yena Isigilipassakālasilā {tenupasaṅkami} || ||
36 Addasā kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Vakkaliṃ dūrato va mañcake vivattakkhandhaṃsemānaṃ || ||
[page 124]
124 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 87. 37
37 Tena kho pana samayena dhumāyitattaṃ timirāyitattaṃ gacchateva purimaṃ disaṃ || gacchati pacchimaṃ disaṃ gacchati uttaraṃ disaṃ gacchati dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ gacchati uddham gacchati adho gacchati anudisaṃ || ||
38 Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave etam dhumāyitattam timirāyitattaṃ gacchateva purimaṃ disaṃ || la || gacchati anudisanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
39 Eso kho bhikkhave Māro pāpimā Vakkalissa kulaputassa viññāṇam samannesati Kattha Vakkalissa kulaputtassa viññāṇam patiṭṭhitan ti || ||
40 Apatiṭṭhitena ca bhikkhave viññāṇena Vakkali kulaputto parinibbuto ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).88 (6) Assaji
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Assaji Kassapakārāme viharati ābhādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmā Assaji upaṭṭhāke āmantesi || || Etha tumhe āvuso yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamatha || upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatha ||
Assaji bhante bhikkhu ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || so Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati || evañca vadetha Sādhu kira bhante Bhagavā yena Assaji bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamatu anukampam upādāyāti || ||
4 Evam āvuso ti te bhikkhū āyasmato Assajissa paṭissutvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
5 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Assaji bhante bhikkhu ābādhiko || pa ||
Sādhu kira bhante Bhagavā yena Assaji bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamatu anukampam upādāyāti || ||
Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tunhībhāvena || ||
[page 125]
XXII. 88. 15-18] THERAVAGGA CATUTTHO 125
6 Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ patisallāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Assaji tenupasaṅkami || ||
7 Addasā kho āyasmā Assaji Bhagavantaṃ dūrato āgacchantaṃ || disvāna mañcake samadhosi || ||
8 Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmato Assajissa etad avoca || ||
Alam Assaji mā tvaṃ mañcake samadhosi || santimāni āsanāni paññattāni tatthāham nisīdissāmīti || ||
9 Nisīdi Bhagavā paññatte āsane || nisajja kho Bhagavā āyasmantam Assajim etad avoca || || Kacci te Assaji khamaniyaṃ kacci yāpanīyaṃ || la || paṭikkamosānam paññāyati no abhikkamo ti || ||
10 Na me bhante khamanīyaṃ || la || abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati no paṭikkamo ti || ||
11 Kacci te Assaji na kiñci kukkuccaṃ na koci vippaṭisāro ti || ||
Taggha me bhante anappakaṃ kukkuccam anappako vippaṭisārotī || ||
12 Kacci pana taṃ Assaji attā sīlato na upavadatīti || ||
Na kho mam bhante attā sīlato upavadatīti || ||
13 No ce kira tam Assaji attā sīlato upavadati atha kiñca te kukkuccaṃ ko ca vippaṭisāro ti || ||
Pubbe khvāham bhante gelaññaṃ passambhetvā passambhetvā kāyasaṅkhāre vippatisārī viharāmi || so taṃ samādhiṃ na paṭilabhāmi || tassa mayham bhante taṃ samādhim appaṭilabhato evaṃ hoti no no ca khvāham parihāyāmīti || ||
14 Ye te Assaji samaṇabrāhmaṇā samādhisārakā samādhisāmaññā tesan taṃ samādhiṃ appaṭilabhataṃ evaṃ hoti no cassu mayam parihāyāmā ti || ||
15-18 Taṃ kim maññasi Assaji rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || || pe ||
[page 126]
126 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 88. 19
19 Viññāṇaṃ || pa ||
20 Tasmātiha || pa ||
21 Evam passaṃ || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
22 So sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati sā aniccāti pajānāti ||
anajjhositā ti pajānāti || anabhinanditāti pajānāti || || Dukkhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati sā aniccāti pajānāti || || anajjhositāti pajānāti || anabhinanditā ti pajānāti || || Adukkham asukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati sā aniccā ti pajānāti || la ||
anabhinanditāti pajānāti || ||
23 So sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati visaññutto naṃ vediyati || || Dukkhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati visaññutto naṃ vediyati || || Adukkham asukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati visaññutto naṃ vediyati || ||
24 So kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || || Jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || || Kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītibhavissantīti pajānāti || ||
25 Seyyathāpi Assaji telañca paṭicca vaṭṭiṃ ce paṭicca telapadīpo jhāyeyya || tasseva telassa ca vaṭṭiyā ca pariyādānā anāhāro nibbāyeyya || || Evam eva kho Assaji bhikkhu kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || || Kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītibhavissantīti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).89 (7) Khemo
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā therā bhikkhū Kosambiyaṃ viharanti Ghositārāme || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Khemako Badarikārāme viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || ||
[page 127]
XXII. 89. 8] THERAVAGGA CATUTTHO 127
3 Atha kho therā bhikkhū sāyaṇhasamayam paṭisallāṇā vuṭṭhitā āyasmantaṃ Dāsakam āmantesuṃ || || Ehi tvam āvuso Dāsaka yena Khemako bhikkhu tenupasaṅkama ||
upasaṅkamitvā Khemakam bhikkhum evaṃ vadehi || || Therā taṃ āvuso evam āhaṃsu || || Kacci te āvuso khamanīyam kacci yāpanīyaṃ kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikammanti no abhikkamanti || paṭikammosānam paññāyati no abhikkamoti || ||
4 Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Dasako therānam bhikkhūnaṃ paṭissutvā yenāyasmā Khemako tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Khemakaṃ etad avoca || ||
Therā taṃ āvuso Khemaka evam āhaṃsu || || Kacci te āvuso khamanīyaṃ || la || no abhikkamo ti || ||
5 Na me āvuso khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ || || la || ||
abhikkamosānam paññāyati no paṭikkamo ti || ||
6 Atha kho āyasmā Dāsako yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū etad avoca || ||
Khemako avuso bhikkhu evam āha || || Na me āvuso khamanīyam || la || abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati no paṭikkamo ti || ||
7 Ehi tvaṃ āvuso Dāsaka yena Khemako bhikkhu tenupasaṅkama || upasaṅkamitvā Khemakam bhikkhum evaṃ vadehi || || Therā taṃ āvuso Khemaka evam ahaṃsu || ||
Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā || seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho vedanupādānakkhandho saññupādānakkhandho saṅkhārupādānakkhandho viññāṇūpādānakkhandho || imesu āyasmā Khemako pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu kiñci attānaṃ vā attaniyaṃ vā samanupassasīti || ||
8 Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Dāsako therānam bhikkhūnam paṭissutvā yenāyasmā Khemako tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā || la || Therā tam āvuso Khemaka evam āhaṃsu || || Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā ||
seyyatthīdaṃ || rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānakkhandho || || Imesu āyasmā Khemako pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu kiñci attānam vā attaniyaṃ vā samanupassatīti || ||
[page 128]
128 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 89. 9
9 Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā ||
seyyathīdam rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññānupādānakkhandho || imesu khvāham āvuso pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu na kiñci attānaṃ vā attaniyaṃ vā samanupassāmīti || ||
10 Atha kho āyasmā Dāsako yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū etad avoca || ||
Khemako āvuso bhikkhu evam āha || || Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā || seyyathīdam rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānakkhandho || imesu khvāham āvuso pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu na kiñci attānaṃ va attaniyaṃ vā samanupassāmīti || ||
11 Ehi tvaṃ āvuso Dāsaka yena Khemako bhikkhu tenupasaṅkama || {upasaṅkamitvā} Khemakam bhikkhum evaṃ vadehi || || Therā taṃ āvuso Khemaka evaṃ āhaṃsu ||
Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā || seyyathīdam rūpupādānakkhandho pe || viññāṇupādānakkhando || ||
No ce kirāyasmā Khemako imesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu kiñci attānaṃ vā attaniyaṃ vā samanupassati ||
tenāyasmā Khemako arahaṃ khīṇāsavo ti || ||
12 Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Dāsako therānaṃ bhikkhūnam paṭissutvā yenāyasmā Khemako || pa || therā taṃ āvuso Khemaka evam āhaṃsu || || Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā || seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānakkhandho || || No ce kirāyasmā Khemako imesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu kiñci attānam vā attaniyaṃ vā samanupassati || tenahāyasmā Khemako arahaṃ khīṇāsavo ti || ||
13 Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā ||
seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānakkhandho || Imesu khvāham āvuso pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu na kiñci attānaṃ vā attaniyaṃ vā samanupassāmi ||
na camhi arahaṃ khīṇāsavo || || Api ca me āvuso pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu asmīti adhigatam ayam aham asmīti ca na samanupassāmī ti || ||
[page 129]
XXII. 89. 18] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 129
14 Atha kho āyasmā Dāsako yena therā bhikkhū || pa ||
there bhikkhū etad avoca || || Khemako āvuso bhikkhu evam āha || || Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānakkhandho || imesu khvāham āvuso pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu na kiñci attānaṃ vā attaniyaṃ vā samanupassāmi || na camhi arahaṃ khīṇāsavo || || Api ca me āvuso pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu asmīti adhigataṃ ayam aham asmīti na ca samanupassāmiti || ||
15 Ehi tvaṃ āvuso Dāsaka yena Khemako bhikkhu tenupasaṅkama || upasaṅkamitvā Khemakam bhikkhum evaṃ vadehi || || Therā tam āvuso Khemaka evam āhaṃsu || ||
Yam etam āvuso Khemaka asmīti vadesi kim etam asmīti vadesi || || Rūpam asmīti vadesi aññatra rūpā asmīti vadesi || Vedanam || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || Viññāṇam asmīti vadesi aññatra viññāṇā asmīti vadesi || || Yam etam āvuso Khemaka asmīti vadesi kim etam asmīti vadesīti || ||
16 Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Dāsako therānam bhikkhūnam paṭissutvā yenāyasmā Khemako tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Khemakam etad avoca || ||
Therā tam āvuso Khemaka evam ahaṃsu || || Yam etam āvuso Khemaka asmīti vadesi kim etam asmīti vadesi || ||
Rūpam asmīti vadesi aññatra rūpā asmīti vadesi || Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhare || Viññāṇam asmīti vadesi aññatra viññāṇā asmīti vadesi || || Yam etam āvuso Khemaka asmīti vadesi kim etam asmīti vadesīti || ||
17 Alaṃ āvuso Dāsaka kiṃ imāya sandhāvanikāya āharāvuso daṇḍam aham eva yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamissāmīti || ||
18 Atha kho āyasmā Khemako daṇḍam olumbha yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā therehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
[page 130]
130 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 89. 19
19 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Khemakaṃ therā bhikkhu etad avocuṃ || || Yam etam āvuso Khemaka asmīti vadesi kim etam asmīti vadesi || || Rūpam asmīti vadesi aññatra rūpā asmīti vadesi || Vedanaṃ || pe || Saññaṃ || {Saṅkhāre} || Viññāṇam asmīti vadesi aññatra viññāṇā asmīti vadesi || || Yam etam āvuso Khemaka asmīti vadesi kim etam asmīti vadesīti || ||
20 Na khvāham āvuso rūpam asmīti vadāmi || || Na vedanaṃ || || Na saññaṃ || || Na saṅkhāre || || Na viññāṇam ||
{Na pi} aññatra viññāṇā asmīti vadāmi || || Api ca me āvuso pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu asmīti adhigatam ayam aham asmīti ca na samanupassāmi || ||
21 Seyyathāpi āvuso uppalassa vā padumassa vā puṇḍarīkassa vā gandho || Yo nu kho evaṃ vadeyya Pattassa gandhoti Vaṇṇassa gandho pi Kiñjakkhassa gandho ti vā sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyyāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Yathā katham panāvuso sammāvyākaramāno vyākareyyāti || ||
Pupphassa gandhoti kho āvuso sammāvyākaramāno vyākareyyāti || ||
22 Evam eva khvāham āvuso na rūpam asmīti vadāmi na pi aññatra rūpā asmīti vadāmi || || Na vedanam || Na saññam || Na saṅkhāre || Na viññāṇam asmīti vadāmi na pi annatra viññāṇā asmīti vadāmi || || Api ca me āvuso pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu asmīti adhigatam ayam aham asmīti ca na samanupassāmi || ||
23 Kiñcāpi āvuso ariyasāvakassa pañcorambhāgiyāni saññojanāni pahīnāni bhavanti || atha khvassa hoti yeva pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu anusahagato Asmīti māno Asmīti chando Asmīti anusayo asamūhato || || so aparena samayena pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati || || Iti rūpam iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa atthagamo
[page 131]
XXII. 89. 28] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 131
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Iti vedanā || || Iti saññā || || Iti {saṅkhārā} || || Iti viññāṇaṃ || iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
24 Tassimesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato yo pissa hoti pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu anusahagato Asmīti māno Asmīti chando Asmīti anusayo asamūhato so pi samugghātaṃ gacchati || ||
25 Seyyathāpi āvuso vattham saṃkiliṭṭham malaggahitaṃ tam enaṃ sāmikā rajakassa anuppadajjeyyuṃ || tam enaṃ rajako ūse vā khāre vā gomaye vā samam madditvā acche udake vikkhāleti || ||
26 Kiñcāpi taṃ hoti vattham parisuddhaṃ pariyodātaṃ ||
atha khvassa hoti yo ca anusahagato ūsagandho vā khāragandho vā gomayagandho vā asamūhato || tam enaṃ rajako sāmikānaṃ deti || tam enam sāmikā gandhaparibhāvite karaṇḍake nikkhipanti || yo pissa hoti anusahagato ūsagandho vā khāragandho vā gomayagandho vā asamūhato so pi samugghātaṃ gacchati || ||
27 Evam eva kho āvuso kiñcāpi ariyasāvakassa pañcorambhāgiyāni saññojanāni pahīnāni bhavanti || atha khvassa hoti yo ca pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu anusahagato Asmīti māno Asmīti chando Asmīti anusayo asamuhato || so aparena samayena pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati || Iti rūpaṃ iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa atthagamo || || Iti vedanā || || Iti sañña || ||
Iti saṅkhārā || || Iti viññāṇaṃ || iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthagamo ti || || Tassa imesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato yo pissa hoti pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu anusahagato Asmīti māno Asmīyi chando Asmīti anusayo asamūhato so pi samugghātaṃ gacchati || ||
28 Evaṃ vutte therā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Khemakam etad avocuṃ || || Na kho pana mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ Khemakam vihesā apekhā pucchimha
[page 132]
132 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 89. 29
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || api cāyasmā Khemako pahoti tassa Bhagavato sāsanaṃ vitthārena ācikkhituṃ desetuṃ paññāpetuṃ paṭṭhapetuṃ vivarituṃ vibhajituṃ uttānīkatuṃ || ||
29 Tayidaṃ āyasmatā Khemakena tassa Bhagavato sāsanam vitthārena ācikkhitaṃ desitaṃ paññāpitaṃ paṭṭhapitam vivaṭaṃ vibhattaṃ uttānīkatanti || ||
30 Idam avoca āyasmā Khemako || attamanā therā bhikkhū āyasmato Khemakassa bhāsitam abhinanduṃ || ||
31 Imasmiñ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne saṭṭhimattānam therānam bhikkhūnam anupādāya āsavehi cittāni mucciṃsu āyasmato Khemakassa cāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).90 (8) Channo
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā therā bhikkhū Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Channo sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallaṇā vuṭṭhito avāpuranam ādāya vihārena vihāram upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū etad avoca || || Ovadantu mam āyasmanto therā anusāsantu mam āyasmantā therā karontu me āyasmanto therā dhammiṃ kathaṃ yathāhaṃ dhammam passeyyan ti || ||
3 Evaṃ vutte therā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Channam etad avocuṃ || || Rūpaṃ kho āvuso Channa aniccaṃ ||
vedanā aniccā || saññā aniccā || saṅkhārā aniccā || viññāṇam aniccaṃ || || Rūpam anattā || vedanā || saññā || saṅkhārā ||
viññāṇam anattā || || Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā sabbe dhammā anattā ti || ||
4 Atha kho āyasmato Channassa etad ahosi || || Mayham pi kho etam evaṃ hoti || || Rūpam aniccaṃ || vedanā ||
saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇam aniccaṃ || || Rūpaṃ anattā ||
[page 133]
XXII. 90. 10] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 133
vedanā || saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇam || || Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā sabbe dhammā anattā ti || ||
5 Atha ca pana me sabbasaṅkhārasamathe sabbūpadhipaṭinissagge taṇhakkhaye virāge nirodhe nibbāne cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati paritassanā || upādānam uppajjati paccudāvattati mānasam || atha ko carahi me attāti || na kho panetaṃ dhammam passato hoti || || Ko nu kho me tathā dhammaṃ deseyya yathāhaṃ dhammam passeyyan ti || ||
6 Atha kho āyasmato Channassa etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho āyasmā Ānando Kosambiyaṃ viharati Ghositārāme ||
satthu ceva {saṃvaṇṇito} sambhāvito ca viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ || pahoti ca me āyasmā Ānando tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ yathāhaṃ dhammam passeyyaṃ || || Atthi ca me āyasmante Ānande tāvatikā visaṭṭhi yaṃ nūnāham yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkameyyan ti || ||
7 Atha kho āyasmā Channo senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Kosambi-Ghositārāmo yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Ānandena saddhiṃ sammodi || pa || ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Channo āyasmantam Ānandam etad avoca || || Ekam idāham āvuso Ānanda samayam Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharāmi Isipatane Migadāye || ||
Atha khvāham āvuso sāyaṇhasamayaṃ patisallāṇā vuṭṭhito avāpūraṇam ādāya vihārena vihāram upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū etad avocaṃ || || Ovadantu mam āyasmanto therā dhammiṃ kathaṃ yathāhaṃ dhammam passeyyan ti || ||
9 Evaṃ vutte mam āvuso therā bhikkhū etad avocuṃ || ||
Rūpaṃ kho āvuso Channa aniccaṃ || vedanā || saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇam aniccaṃ || || Rūpam anattā || || la || || viññāṇam anattā || || Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā sabbe dhammā anattā ti || ||
10 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Mayham pi kho etam evam hoti Rūpam aniccam
[page 134]
134 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 90. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || pa || viññāṇam aniccaṃ || ||
Rūpam anattā || vedanā || saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇam anattā || sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā sabbe dhammā anattā ti || ||
11 Atha ca pana me sabbasaṅkhārasamathe sabbūpadhipaṭinissagge taṇhakkhaye virāge nirodhe nibbāne cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati paritassanā || upādānam uppajjati paccudāvattati mānasaṃ ||
atha ko carahi me attā ti || na kho panetaṃ dhammam passato hoti || || Ko nu kho me tathā dhammaṃ deseyya yathāhaṃ dhammam passeyyan ti || ||
12 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho āyasmā Ānanda Kosambiyaṃ viharati Ghositārāme ||
satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ pahoti ca me āyasmā Ānando tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ yathāhaṃ dhammam passeyyaṃ || || Atthi ca me āyasmante Ānande tāvatikā visaṭṭhi yaṃ nunāhaṃ yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkameyyan ti || ||
13 Ovadatu maṃ āyasmā Ānando anusāsatu maṃ āyasmā Ānando karotu me āyasmā Ānando dhammiṃ kathaṃ yathāham dhammam passeyyan ti || ||
14 Ettakena pi mayam āyasmato Channassa attamanā || api nāma tam āyasmā Channo āvi akāsi khilam pabhindi || odahāvuso Channa sotam || bhabbo si dhammaṃ viññātun ti || ||
15 Atha kho āyasmato Channassa tāvatakeneva uḷāram pītipāmujjam uppajji || || Bhabbo kirasmi dhammaṃ viññātun ti || ||
16 Sammukhā me taṃ āvuso Channa Bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā ca paṭiggahitaṃ Kaccānagottam bhikkhum ovadantassa || || Dvayanissito khvāyaṃ Kaccāna loko yebhuyyena atthi tañceva natthi tañ ca
[page 135]
XXII. 91. 3] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO. 135
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Lokasamudayaṃ kho Kaccāna yathābhūtam sammappaññāya passato yā loke natthitā sā na hoti || loka nirodhaṃ kho Kaccāna yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato yā loke atthitā sā na hoti || || Upāyupādānābhinivesavinibandho khāyaṃ Kaccāna loko yebhuyyena || tañcāyam upāyupādānaṃ cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā na upeti na upādiyati || nādhiṭṭhāti Attā me ti || || Dukkham eva uppajjamānam uppajjati dukkhaṃ niruddhamānaṃ nirujjhatīti na kaṅkhati na vicikicchati aparapaccayā ñāṇam evassa ettha hoti || || Ettāvatā kho Kaccāna sammādiṭṭhi hoti || ||
17 Sabbam atthīti kho Kaccāna ayam eko anto || Sabbam natthīti ayaṃ dutiyo anto || || Ete te Kaccāna ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti || ||
Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || pa ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || || Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || pa || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
18 Evam etam āvuso Ānanda hoti yesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ tādisā sabrahmacāriyo anukampakā atthakāmā ovādakā anusāsakā || idaṃ ca pana me āyasmato Ānandassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā dhammo abhisameto ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).91 (9) Rāhulo (1)9
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rāhulo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā || pa || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavantam etad avoca
[page 136]
136 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 91. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāra-mamaṃkāramānānusayā na hontīti || ||
4 Yaṃ kiñci Rāhula rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattam vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati ||
5-7 Yā {kāci} vedanā || pe || || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci saṅkhārā || pe || ||
8 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ va bahiddhā va || pa || || Sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam mama Neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati || ||
9 Evaṃ kho Rāhula jānato evam passato imasmiṃ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāra-mānānusayā na hontīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).92 (10) Rāhulo (2).
1-2 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkara-mamaṃkara-mānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttan ti || ||
4 Yam kiñci Rāhula rūpaṃ || pe || yam dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
5-7 Yā kāci vedanā || || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci saṅkhārā || ||
8 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānagatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti
[page 137]
XXII. 93. 4] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 137
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
9 Evaṃ kho Rāhula jānato evam passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāra-mānāpagatam mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttan ti || ||
Theravaggo catuttho ||
Tatruddānam bhavati || ||
Ānando Tisso Yamako ||
Anurādho ca Vakkali ||
Assajī Khemako Channo ||
Rāhulo apare duve ||
Vaggo tena pavuccati || ||
CHAPTER V PUPPHAVAGGO8 PAÑCAMO
SN_3,22(1).93 (1) Nadī
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || || voca || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave nadī pabbateyyā ohāriṇī duraṅgamā sīghasotā || || Tassā ubhosu tīresu kāsā ce pi jātā assu || te naṃ ajjholambeyyuṃ || || Kusā ce pi jātā assu ||
te naṃ ajjholambeyyum || || Babbajā ce pi jātā assu || te nam ajjholambeyyuṃ || || Bīraṇā ce pi jātā assu || te nam ajjholambeyyuṃ || || Rukkhā ce pi jātā assu || te nam ajjholambeyyuṃ || ||
4 Tassā puriso sotena vuyhamāno kase ce pi gaṇheyya te palujjeyyuṃ || so tato nidānaṃ anayavyasanam āpajjeyya || || Kuse ce pi gaṇheyya || || Babbaje ce pi gaṇheyya || ||
Bīraṇe ce pi gaṇheyya || || Rukkhe ce pi gaṇheyya || te palujjeyyuṃ
[page 138]
138 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 93. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || so tato nidānaṃ anayavyasanam āpajjeyya || ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānam adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || rūpavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā rūpam rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || || Tassa taṃ rūpam palujjati || so tato nidānam anayavyasanam āpajjati || ||
6-8 Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || ||
9 Viññāṇam attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || ||
Tassa taṃ viññāṇam palujjati || so tato nidānam anayavyasanam āpajjati || ||
10 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
15 Tasmātiha bhikkhave || pe ||
16 Evam passaṃ || || pe || || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).94 (2) Puppham (or Vaddham)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || || voca || ||
3 Nāham bhikkhave lokena vivadāmi loko ca mayā vivadati || || Na bhikkhave dhammavādī kenaci lokasmiṃ vivadati || ||
4 Yam bhikkhave natthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānam aham pi tam Natthī ti vadāmi || || Yam bhikkhave atthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānam aham pi tam Atthīti vadāmi || ||
5 Kiñca bhikkhave natthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānaṃ yam ahaṃ Natthīti vadāmi || ||
[page 139]
XXII. 94. 21] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 139
6 Rūpam bhikkhave niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammaṃ natthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānaṃ || aham pi taṃ Natthīti vadāmi || ||
7-9 Vedanā || Saññā || pe || Saṅkhārā || ||
10 Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmādhammaṃ natthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānam aham pi taṃ Natthīti vadāmi || ||
11 Idaṃ kho bhikkhave natthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānam yam aham pi Natthīti vadāmi || ||
12 Kiñca bhikkhave atthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānam yam aham Atthīti vadāmi || ||
13 Rūpaṃ bhikkhave aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇamadhammam atthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānam aham pi taṃ Atthīti vadāmi || ||
14-16 Vedanā aniccā || la || ||
17 Viññāṇam aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam atthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānam aham pi tam Atthīti vadāmi || ||
18 Idaṃ kho bhikkhave atthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānam yam aham pi Atthīti vadāmi || ||
19 Atthi bhikkhave loke lokadhammo yaṃ Tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti || abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajeti uttānīkaroti || ||
20 Kiñca bhikkhave loke lokadhammo yaṃ Tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti || abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti || ||
21 Rūpam bhikkhave loke lokadhammo taṃ Tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti || abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānī karoti || || Yo bhikkhave Tathāgatena evam ācikkhiyamāne desiyamāne paññāpiyamāne paṭṭhiyamāne vivariyamāne vibhajiyamāne uttānīkayiramāne na jānāti na passati
[page 140]
140 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 94. 22
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tam aham bhikkhave bālam puthujjanam andham acakkhukam ajānantam apassantaṃ kinti karomi || ||
22 Vedanā bhikkhave loke lokadhammo || pe ||
23 Saññā bhikkhave loke lokadhammo || ||
24 Saṅkhārā bhikkhave loke lokadhammo || ||
25 Viññānam bhikkhave loke lokadhammo taṃ Tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti || abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti || || Yo bhikkhave Tathāgatena evam ācikkhiyamāne desiyamāne paññāpiyamāne paṭṭhapiyamāne vivariyamāne vibhajiyamāne uttānīkayiramāne na jānāti na passati || tam aham bhikkhave bālam puthujjanam andham acakkhukam ajānantam apassantam kinti karomi || ||
26 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave uppalam vā padumaṃ vā puṇḍarīkaṃ vā udake jātam udake {saṃvaddhaṃ} udakā {accuggamma} ṭhāti anupalittam udakena || ||
27 Evam eva kho bhikkhave Tathāgato loke {saṃvaddho} lokam abhibhuyya viharati anupalitto lokenāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).95 (3) Pheṇam
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Ayojjhāyaṃ viharati Gaṅgāya nadiyā tire || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ayaṃ Gaṅgā nadī mahantaṃ phenapiṇḍam āvaheyya || || tam enaṃ cakkhumā puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya || || Tassa tam passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyeyya tucchakaññeva khāyeyya asārakaññeva khāyeyya ||
kiñhi siyā bhikkhave pheṇapiṇḍe sāro || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yaṃ kiñci rūpam atītānāgatam paccuppannam || pe || yaṃ dūre santike vā || tam bhikkhu passati nijjhāyati yoniso upaparikkhati
[page 141]
XXII. 95. 10] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 141
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Tassa tam passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyati tucchakaññeva khāyati || asārakaññeva khāyati ||
kiñhi bhikkhave rūpe sāro || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave saradasamaye thullaphusitake deve vassante udake bubbuḷam uppajjati ceva nirujjhati ca || tam enaṃ cakkhumā puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya || tassa tam passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyeyya || tucchakaññeva khāyeyya asārakaññeva khāyeyya || kiñhi siyā bhikkhave udakabubbuḷe sāro || ||
6 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā || pe || yā dūre santike vā || tam bhikkhu passati nijjhāyati yoniso upaparikkhati || || Tassa tam passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyati tucchakaññeva khāyati asārakaññeva khāyati ||
kiñhi siyā bhikkhave vedanāya sāro || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gimhānaṃ pacchime māse ṭhite majjhantike kāle marīcikā || tam enaṃ cakkhumā puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya || || Tassa tam passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyeyya tucchakaññeva khāyeyya || pa || kiñhi siyā bhikkhave marīcikāya sāro || ||
8 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yā kāci saññā || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso sāratthiko sāragavesi sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno tiṇhaṃ kuṭhārim ādāya vanam paviseyya || so tattha passeyya mahantaṃ kadalikkhandham ujuṃ navaṃ akukkajātaṃ || tam enam mūle chindeyya mūle chetvā agge chindeyya agge chetvā pattavaṭṭiṃ vinibbhujeyya || so tassa pattavaṭṭiṃ vinibbhujanto phegguṃ pi nādhigaccheyya kuto sāraṃ || ||
10 Tam enam cakkhumā puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya || tassa tam passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyeyya tucchakaññeva khāyeyya asārakaññeva khāyeyya
[page 142]
142 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 95. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || kiñhi siyā bhikkhave kadalikkhandhe sāro || ||
11 Evam eva kho bhikkhave ye keci {saṅkhārā} atītānāgatapaccuppannā || pa || ye dūre santike vā tam bhikkhu passati nijjhāyati yoniso upaparikkhati || tassa tam passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyati tucchakaññeva khāyati asārakaññeva khāyati || kiñhi siyā bhikkhave saṅkhāresu sāro || ||
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave māyākāro vā māyākārantevāsī vā mahāpathe māyaṃ vidaṃseyya || tam enaṃ cakkhumā puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya || ||
Tassa tam passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyeyya tucchakaññeva khāyeyya asārakaññeva khāyeyya || kiñhi siyā bhikkhave māyāya sāro || ||
13 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yaṃ kiñci viññānaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannam || pa || yaṃ dūre santike vā tam bhikkhu passati nijjhāyati yoniso upaparikkhati || || Tassa tam passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyati tucchakaññeva khāyati asārakaññeva khāyati || kiñhi siyā bhikkhave viññāṇe sāro || ||
14 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi || saññāya pi || saṅkhāresu pi || viññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñaṇaṃ hoti ||
pe || || Nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti ||
15 Idam avoca Bhagavā idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca Satthā || ||
Pheṇapiṇḍūpamam rūpaṃ || vedanā bubbuḷupamā ||
Marīcikūpamā saññā || saṅkhārā kadalūpamā ||
Māyūpamañca viññāṇaṃ || dīpitādiccabandhunā || ||
Yathā yathā nijjhāyati || yoniso upaparikkhati ||
rittakaṃ tucchakaṃ hoti || yo nam passati yoniso ||2||
[page 143]
XXII. 96. 8] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 143
Imañca kāyam ārabbha || bhūripaññena desitaṃ ||
pahānā tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ || rūpam passatha chaḍḍitaṃ ||3||
Āyu usmāca viññāṇaṃ || yadā kāyaṃ jahantimaṃ ||
apaviddho tadā seti || parabhattam acetanaṃ ||4||
Etādisayaṃ santāno || māyāyam bālalāpinī ||
Vadhako eso akkhāto || sāro ettha na vijjati ||5||
Evaṃ khandhe avekkheyya || bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo ||
divāvāya divārattiṃ || sampajāno paṭissato ||6||
Jaheyya sabbasaññogaṃ || kareyya saraṇattano ||
Careyyādittasīso va || patthayaṃ accutam padan ti ||7|| ||
SN_3,22(1).96 (4) Gomayam
1-2 Sāvatthi || ārāme || Atha kho aññataro- || nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
4 Atthi nu kho bhante kiñci rūpaṃ yaṃ rūpam niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassati ||
5 Atthi nu kho bhante kāci vedanā yā vedanā niccā dhuvā sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassati || ||
6 Atthi nu kho bhante kāci saññā yā saññā || pe || ||
7 Atthi nu kho bhante keci saṅkhārā ye saṅkārā niccā dhuvā sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassanti || ||
8 Atthi nu kho bhante kiñci viññāṇaṃ yaṃ viññāṇaṃ niccam dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ tattheva ṭhassatīti
[page 144]
144 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 96. 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
9 Natthi kho bhikkhu kiñci rūpaṃ yam rūpaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassati || ||
10-13 Natthi bhikkhu kāci vedanā || || kāci saññā || keci saṅkhārā || || kiñci viññāṇaṃ yaṃ viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassatīti || ||
14 Atha kho Bhagavā parittaṃ gomayapiṇḍaṃ pāṇinā gahetvā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || ||
15 Ettako pi kho bhikkhu attabhāvapaṭilābho natthi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassati || ||
16 Ettako ce pi bhikkhu attabhāvapaṭilābho abhavissa nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo || na yidam brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammādukkhakkhayāya || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhu ettako pi attabhāvapaṭilābho natthi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo || tasmā brahmacariyavāso paññāyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || ||
17 Bhūtapubbāham bhikkhu rājā ahosiṃ khattiyo muddhāvasitto || tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa catūrāsīti nagarasahassāni ahesuṃ Kusāvatīnāma-rājadhānipamukhāni || ||
18 Tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa caturāsīti pāsādasahassāni ahesuṃ Dhammapāsādapamukhāni || ||
19 Tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa caturāsīti kūṭāgārasahassāni ahesuṃ Mahābyūhakuṭāgārapamukhāni || ||
20 Tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni ahesuṃ || dantamayāni sāramayāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni goṇakatthatāni paṭikatthatānipaṭalikatthatāni kadalimiga pavarapaccattharaṇāni sa-uttaracchadanāni ubhato lohitakūpadhānāni
[page 145]
XXII. 96. 31] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO. 145
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
21 Tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa caturāsīti nāgasahassāni ahesuṃ || sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni uposathanāgarājapamukhāni || ||
22 Tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa caturāsīti assasahassāni ahesuṃ || sovaṇṇālaṅkarāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālāpaṭicchannāni Valāhakaassarājapamukhāni || ||
23 Tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa caturāsīti rathasahassāni ahesuṃ || sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni Vejayantarathapamukhāni || ||
24 Tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa caturāsīti maṇisahassāni ahesuṃ maṇiratanapamukhāni || ||
25 Tassa mayham bhikkhu || pa || caturāsīti itthisahassāni ahesuṃ || Subhaddādevīpamukhāni || ||
26 Tassa mayham bhikkhu || pa || caturāsīti khattiyasahassāni ahesuṃ anuyantāni pariṇāyakaratanapamukhāni || ||
27 Tassa mayham bhikkhu || pa || caturāsīti dhenusahassāni ahesuṃ dukulasandanāni kaṃsupadhāraṇani || ||
28 Tassa mayham bhikkhu || pa || caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni ahesuṃ khomasukhumāni koseyyasukhumāni kambalasukhumāni kappāsikasukhumāni || ||
29 Tassa mayham bhikkhu || pa || caturāsīti thālipākasahassāni ahesuṃ || sāyam pātam bhattābhihāro abhiharīyittha || ||
30 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā nagarasahassānam ekaññeva taṃ nagaraṃ hoti yam aham tena samayena ajjhāvasāmi Kusāvatī rājadhānī || ||
31 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā pāsādasahassānam eko yeva so pāsādo hoti yam aham tena samayena ajjhāvasāmi Dhammo pāsādo
[page 146]
146 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 96. 32
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
32 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā kuṭāgārasahassānam ekaññeva taṃ kūṭāgāraṃ hoti yam ahaṃ tena samayena ajjhāvasāmi Mahābyūhaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ || ||
33 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā pallaṅkāsahassānam eko yeva so pallaṅko hoti yam ahaṃ tena samayena paribhuñjāmi dantamayo vā sāramayo vā sovaṇṇa mayo vā rūpiyamayo vā || ||
34 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā nāgasahassānam eko yeva so nāgo hoti || yam aham tena samayena abhirūhāmi Uposatho nāgarājā || ||
35 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā assasahassānam eko yeva so asso hoti || yam ahaṃ tena samayena abhirūhāmi Valāhaka-assarājā || ||
36 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā rathasahassānam eko yeva so ratho hoti || yam ahaṃ tena samayena abhirūhāmi Vejayanto ratho || ||
37 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā itthisahassānam ekā yeva sā itthi hoti || yā maṃ tena samayena paccupaṭṭhāti Khattiyāni vā Velamikā vā || ||
38 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā vatthakoṭisahassānam ekaññeva taṃ vatthayugam hoti yam ahaṃ tena samayena paridahāmi khomasukhumaṃ vā koseyyasukhumaṃ vā kambalasukhumam vā kappāsikasukhumaṃ vā || ||
39 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā thālipākasahassānam eko yeva so thālipāko hoti yato nāḷikodanaparamam bhuñjāmi tadūpiyañca supeyyaṃ || ||
40 Iti kho bhikkhu sabbe te saṅkhārā atītā niruddhā vipariṇātā || ||
41 Evam aniccā kho bhikkhu saṅkhārā evam adhuvā kho bhikkhu saṅkhārā evam anassāsikā kho bhikkhu saṅkhārā || ||
[page 147]
XXII. 97. 15] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 147
42 Yāvañcidam bhikkhu alam eva sabbesu saṅkhāresu nibbindituṃ alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccitun ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).97 (5) Nakhāsikam
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
4 Atthi nu kho bhante kiñci rūpaṃ yaṃ rūpaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassati || ||
5 Atthi nu kho bhante kāci vedanā || pe ||
6 Atthi nu kho bhante kāci saññā || ||
7 Atthi nu kho bhante keci saṅkhārā || ||
8 Atthi nu kho bhante kiñci viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassatīti || ||
9 Natthi kho bhikkhu kiñci rūpaṃ yaṃ rūpaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassati || ||
10-13 Natthi kho bhikkhu kāci vedanā || pe || kāci saññā || ||
keci {saṅkhārā} || pe || kiñci viññāṇam yaṃ viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassatīti || ||
14 Atha kho Bhagavā parittaṃ nakhasikhāyam paṃsum āropetvā tam bhikkham etad avoca || ||
15 Ettakam pi kho bhikkhu rūpaṃ natthi ṇiccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassati || || Ettakaṃ ce pi bhikkhu rūpam abhavissa niccaṃ dhuvam sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammaṃ || na yidam brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammādukkhakkhayāya || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhu ettakam pi rūpaṃ natthi niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammaṃ || tasmā brahmacariyavāso paññāyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || ||
[page 148]
148 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 97. 16
16 Ettikā pi kho bhikkhu vedanā natthi niccā dhuvā sassatā aviparināmadhammā sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassati || || Ettikā cepi bhikkhu vedanā abhavissa niccā dhuvā sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā || na yidam brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammādukkhakkhayāya || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave ettikā pi vedanā natthi niccā dhuvā sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā || tasmā brahmacariyavāso paññāyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || ||
17 Ettikā pi kho bhikkhu saññā natthi || pe ||
18 Ettakā pi kho bhikkhu saṅkhārā natthi niccā dhuvā sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassanti || || Ettakā ce pi bhikkhu saṅkhārā abhavissaṃsu niccā dhuvā sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā || nayidam brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammādukkhayāya || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhu ettakā pi saṅkhārā natthi niccā dhuvā sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā || tasmā brahmacariyavāso paññāyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || ||
19 Ettakam pi kho bhikkhu viññāṇam natthi niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammam sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassati || || Ettakaṃ ce pi kho bhikkhu viññāṇam abhavissa niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammaṃ nayidam brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammādukkhakkhayāya || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhu ettakam pi viññāṇam natthi niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassatam aviparināmadhammam ||
tasmā brahmacariyavāso paññāyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || ||
20 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi bhikkhu || || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
[page 149]
XXII. 99. 5] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 149
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
21 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhu || ||
22 Evam passam || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).98 (6) Suddhikam (or Samuddakam)
1-2 Savatthi ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
4 Atthi nu kho bhante kiñci rūpaṃ yaṃ rupaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ assatam avipariṇāmadhammam sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassati || ||
5-8 Atthi nu kho bhante kāci vedanā || pe || kāci saññā || ||
keci saṅkhārā || ||
Kiñci viññāṇaṃ yaṃ viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassatīti || ||
9 Natthi kho bhikkhu kiñci rūpam yaṃ rūpaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sattatisamam tatheva ṭhassati || ||
10-13 Natthi kho bhikkhu kāci vedanā || kāci saññā ||
keci saṅkhārā || kiñci viññāṇam yaṃ viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamam tatheva ṭhassatīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).99 (7) Gaddula (or Bhaddula) (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbakoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānam sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
4 Hoti so bhikkhave samayo yaṃ mahāsamuddo ussussati vissussati na bhavati || natvevāham bhikkhave avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmi || ||
5 Hoti so bhikkhave samayo yaṃ Sineru pabbatarājā ḍayhati vinassati na bhavati || na tvevāham bhikkhave avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhasaṃyojanānam sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ dukkhassa antakiriyam vadāmi
[page 150]
150 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 99. 6
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
6 Hoti so bhikkhave samayo yam mahāpathavī ḍayhati vinassati na bhavati || na tvevāham bhikkhave avijjānīvaraṇānam sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmi || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave sā gaddulabaddho daḷhe khīle vā thambhe vā upanibaddho tam eva khīlaṃ vā thambhaṃ vā anuparidhāvati anuparivattati || evam eva kho bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī || la || sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || la || vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇam attato samanupassati ||
viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || || So rūpaññeva anuparidhāvati anuparivattati || vedanaññeva || la || saññaññeva || saṅkhāre yeva viññāṇaññeva anuparidhāvati anuparivattati || || So rūpam anuparidhāvam anuparivattaṃ || vedanaṃ || la || saññaṃ ||
saṅkhāre || viññāṇam anuparidhāvam anuparivattaṃ na parimuccati rūpamhā || na parimuccati vedanāya || na parimuccati saññāya || na parimuccati saṅkhārehi || na parimuccati viññāṇamhā || na parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi na parimuccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
8 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī || la || sappurisadhamme suvinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati || la || na vedanaṃ || || na saññaṃ || || na saṅkhāre || || na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || na viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam na attani vā viññāṇaṃ na viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || || So rūpaṃ nānuparidhāvati nānuparivattati || vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhare || viññāṇam nānuparidhāvati nānuparivattati || || So rūpam anuparidhāvaṃ anuparivattaṃ parimuccati rūpamhā parimuccati vedanāya parimuccati saññāya parimuccati saṅkhārehi parimuccati viññāṇamhā || parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi parimuccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmīti || ||
[page 151]
XXII. 100. 8] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 151
SN_3,22(1).100 (8) Gaddula (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbakoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānam taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsārataṃ || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave sā gaddulabaddho daḷhe khīle vā thambe vā upanibaddho || so gacchati ce pi tam eva khīlaṃ vā thambhaṃ vā upagacchati || tiṭṭhati ce pi tam eva khīlaṃ vā {thambhaṃ} vā upatiṭṭhati || nisīdati ce pi taṃ eva khīlaṃ vā thambhaṃ vā upanisīdati || nippajjati ce pi tam eva khīlam vā thambhaṃ vā upanippajjati || ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano Rūpam etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassati || ||
Vedanam || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || Viññāṇam etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassati || || So gacchati ce pi ime pañcupādānakkhandhe upagacchati || tiṭṭhati ce pi ime pañcupādānakkhandhe upatiṭṭhati || nisīdati ce pi ime pañcupādānakkhandhe upanisīdati || nippajjati ce pi ime pañcupādānakkhandhe upanippajjati || ||
6 Tasmātiha bhikkhave abhikkhaṇaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ Dīgharattam idaṃ cittaṃ saṃkiliṭṭham rāgena dosena mohenā ti || || Cittasaṃkilesā bhikkhave sattā saṃkilissanti || cittavodānā sattā visujjhanti || ||
7 Diṭṭhaṃ vo bhikkhave caraṇaṃ nāma cittanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Tam pi kho bhikkhave caranaṃ nāma cittaṃ citteneva cintitaṃ || tena pi kho bhikkhave caraṇena cittena cittaññeva cittataraṃ || ||
8 Tasmātiha bhikkhave abhikkhaṇaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ || Dīgharattam idam cittaṃ saṅkiliṭṭhaṃ rāgena dosena mohenāti || || Cittasaṃkilesā bhikkhave sattā saṃkilissanti cittavodānā sattā visujjhanti || ||
[page 152]
152 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 100. 9
9 Nāham bhikkhave aññam ekanikāyaṃ pi samanupassāmi evaṃcittaṃ yathayidam bhikkhave tiracchānagatā pāṇā te pi kho bhikkhave tiracchānagatā pāṇā citteneva cittatā || || Tehi pi kho bhikkhave tiracchānagatehi pāṇehi cittaññeva cittataraṃ || ||
10 Tasmātiha bhikkhave bhikkhunā abhikkhaṇaṃ sakaṃ cittam paccavekkhitabbaṃ Dīgharattam idaṃ cittaṃ saṅkiliṭṭhaṃ rāgena dosena mohenāti || || Cittasaṃkilesā bhikkhave sattā saṃkilissanti || cittavodānā sattā visujjhanti || ||
11 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave rajako vā cittakārako vā rajanāya vā lākhāya va haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mañjeṭṭhiyā vā suparimaṭṭhe phalake vā bhittiyā vā dussapaṭṭe vā itthirūpaṃ vā purisarūpaṃ vā abhinimmineyya sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṃ || evam eva kho bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano rūpaññeva abhinibbattento abhinibbatteti ||
vedanaññeva || pe || saññaññeva || saṅkhāreva || viññāṇaṃ yeva abhinibbattento abhinibbatteti || ||
12 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ || pa ||
13-14 Tasmātiha bhikkhave || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).101 (9) Vāsijaṭam (or Nāvā)
1-2 Savatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Jānato ham bhikkhave passato āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmi || no ajānato apassato || ||
4 Kiñ ca bhikkhave jānato kim passato āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || || Iti rūpaṃ iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa atthagamo || || Iti vedanā || pe || Iti saññā || || Iti saṅkhārā || || Iti viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthagamoti
[page 153]
XXII. 101. 12] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 153
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Evaṃ kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
5 Bhāvanānuyogam ananuyuttassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi evam icchā uppajjeyya Aho vata me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucceyyāti || atha khvassa neva anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati || ||
6 Taṃ kissa hetu || abhāvitattā tissa vacanīyaṃ || || Kissa abhāvitattā || abhāvitattā catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ abhāvitattā catunnaṃ sammappadhānānam abhāvitattā catunnaṃ iddhipādānam abhāvitattā pañcannam indriyānam abhāvitattā pañcannaṃ balānam abhāvitattā sattannam bojjhaṅgānam abhāvitattā ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā tānassu kukkuṭiyā na sammā adhisayitāni na sammā pariseditāni na sammā paribhāvitāni ||
8 Kiñcāpi tassā kukkuṭiyā evam icchā uppajjeyya Aho vata me kukkuṭapotakā pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosampadāletvā sotthinā abhinibbijjeyyunti ||
atha kho abhabbā va te kukkuṭapotakā pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosam padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjituṃ || ||
9 Taṃ kissa hetu || tathā hi pana bhikkhave kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā tāni kukkuṭiyā na sammā adhisayitāni na sammā pariseditāni na sammā paribhāvitāni || ||
10 Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhāvanānuyogam ananuyuttassa bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi evam icchā uppajjeyya ||
Aho vata me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucceyyāti || atha khvassa neva anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati ||
11 Taṃ kissa hetu || abhāvitattā tissa vacanīyaṃ || ||
Kissa abhāvitattā || abhāvitattā || catunnam satipaṭṭhānānaṃ || la || atthaṅgikassa maggassa ||
12 Bhāvānuyogam anuyuttassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi na evam icchā uppajjeyya Aho vata me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucceyyā ti
[page 154]
154 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 101. 13
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || atha khvassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati || ||
13 Taṃ kissa hetu bhāvitattātissa vacanīyaṃ || || Kissa bhāvitattā || bhāvitattā catunnam satipaṭṭhānānaṃ bhāvitattā catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ bhāvitattā catunnam iddhipādānam bhāvitattā pañcannam indriyānam bhāvitattā pañcannam balānam bhāvitattā sattannam bojjhaṅgānam bhāvitattā ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa || ||
14 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā || tānassu kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitāni sammā pariseditāni sammā paribhāvitāni || kiñcāpi tassā kukkuṭiyā na evam icchā uppajjeyya Aho vata me kukkuṭapotakā pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosam padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjeyyunti || atha kho bhabbā va te {kukkuṭapotakā} pādanakhasikhāya va mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosam padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjituṃ || ||
15 Taṃ kissa hetu || tathā hi pana bhikkhave kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā tāni kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitāni sammā pariseditāni sammā paribhāvitāni || ||
16 Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhāvanānuyogam anuyuttassa bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi na evam icchā uppajjeyya Ahovata me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucceyyāti || atha khvassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati || ||
17 Taṃ kissa hetu || bhāvitattā tissa vacanīyaṃ || || kissa bhavitattā || bhāvitattā catunnam satipaṭṭhānānam || la ||
bhāvitattā ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa || ||
18 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave phalagaṇḍassa vā phalagaṇḍante vāsissa vā vāsijaṭe dissante aṅgulipadāni dissanti aṅguṭṭhapādā || no ca khvassa evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti Ettakaṃ vata me ajja vāsijaṭassa khīṇam ettakam hiyyo ettakam pareti || atha khvassa khīṇam khīṇante va ñāṇaṃ hoti || ||
19 Evaṃ eva kho bhikkhave bhāvanānuyogam anuyuttassa bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi na evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti
[page 155]
XXII. 102. 6] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 155
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
Ettakaṃ vata me ajja āsavānaṃ khīṇam ettakam hiyyo ettakam pareti || athakhvassa khīṇe khīṇante va ñāṇaṃ hoti || ||
20 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave samuddikāya nāvāya vettabandhanabaddhāya chammāsāni udake pariyādāya hemantike thalam ukkhittāya vātātapaparetāni bandhanāni ||
tāni pāvussakena meghena abhippavaṭṭāni appakasireneva paṭippassambhanti pūtikāni bhavanti || ||
21 Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhāvanānuyogam anuyuttassa bhikkhuno viharato appakasireneva saññojanāni paṭippassambhanti pūtikāni bhavantīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).102 (10) Aniccatā (or Saññā)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra voca || ||
3 Aniccasaññā bhikkhave bhāvitā bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgam pariyādiyati sabbaṃ rūparāgam pariyādiyati sabbaṃ bhavarāgam pariyādiyati sabbam avijjam pariyādiyati || sabbam asmimānam pariyādiyati samūhanti || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave saradasamaye kasako mahānaṅgalena kasanto sabbāni mūlasantānakāni sampadālento kasati || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgam pariyādiyati || sabbaṃ rūparāgam pariyādiyati || sabbam bhavarāgam pariyādiyati ||
sabbam avijjam pariyādiyati || sabbam asmimānaṃ samūhanti || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave pabbajalāyako pabbajaṃ lāyitvā agge gahetvā odhunāti niddhunāti nicchodeti || Evam eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā bhāvitā || pe ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ambapiṇḍiyā vaṇṭacchinnāya yāni tatra ambāni vaṇṭapaṭibaddhāni sabbāni tāni tadanvayāni bhavanti
[page 156]
156 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 102. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || evam eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā bhāvitā || pa ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kūṭāgārassa yā kāci gopānasiyo sabbā tā kūṭaṅgamā kūṭaninnā kūṭasamosaraṇā kūṭaṃ tāsam aggam akkhāyati || || evam eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā bhāvitā || pa || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ye keci mūlagandhā kāḷānusārī tesam aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā || pa ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ye keci sāragandhā lohitacandanaṃ tesam aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā || pa ||
10 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ye keci pupphagandhā vassikaṃ tesam aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā || pa ||
11 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ye keci kuḍḍarājāno sabbe te rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti || rājā tesaṃ cakkavatti aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā || pe ||
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yā kāci tārakarūpānam pabhā sabbā tā candimapabhāya kalaṃ nāgghanti solasiṃ candappabhā tāsam aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā || pa || ||
13 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalāhake deve ādicco nabham abbhussukkamāno sabbam ākāsagatam tamagatam abhivihacca bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca || evam eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgam pariyādiyati || sabbaṃ rūparāgam pariyādiyati || sabbam bhavarāgam pariyādiyati ||
sabbam avijjam pariyādiyati || sabbam asmimānaṃ samūhanti || ||
14 Katham bhavitā ca bhikkhave aniccasaññā katham bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgam pariyādiyati
[page 157]
XXII. 103. 3] ANTAVAGGO PATHAMO 157
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || pe || sabbam asmimānam samūhanti || ||
15 Iti rūpam iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa atthagamo || || Iti vedanā || || Iti saññā || || Iti saṅkhāra || || Iti viññāṇam iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
16 Evam bhāvitā kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā evam bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgam pariyādiyati || sabbaṃ rūparāgam pariyādiyati || sabbam bhavarāgam pariyādiyati ||
sabbam avijjam pariyādiyati || sabbam asmimānaṃ samūhantīti || ||
Pupphavaggo samatto ||
Tatra uddānaṃ ||
Nadī || Pupphañ ca Pheṇaṃ ca ||
Gomayañ ca Nakhāsikhaṃ ||
Suddhikam dve ca gaddulā ||
Vāsijaṭam Aniccatā ti ||
Vaggo Majjhimapaññāsako samatto || ||
Tassa Majjhimapaññāsakassa vagguddānaṃ ||
Upāyo Arahanto ca Khajjanī Therasambhayaṃ Pupphavaggena paññāsadutiyo tena vuccati || ||
SECTION III UPARIPAÑÑĀSAKA
CHAPTER I ANTAVAGGO PATHAMO
SN_3,22(1).103 (1) Ante
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Cattāro me bhikkhave antā || || Katame cattāro ||
[page 158]
158 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 108. 4
Sakkāyanto sakkāyasamudayanto sakkāyanirodhanto sakkāyanirodhagāminipatipadanto || ||
4 Katamo bhikkhave sakkāyanto || || Pañcupādānakkhandhātissa vacanīyaṃ || || Katame pañca || seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho vedanupādānakkhandho saññupādānakkhandho saṅkhārupādānakkhandho viññāṇupādānakkhandho || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyanto || ||
5 Katamo ca bhikkhave sakkāyasamudayanto || || Yāyam taṇhā ponabbhavikā nandi rāgasahagatā tatra tatrābhinandinī || seyyathīdaṃ kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyasamudayanto || ||
6 Katamo ca bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhanto || || Yo tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhanto || ||
7 Katamo ca bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhagāminipaṭipadanto || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo || seyyathīdam sammādiṭṭhi || pa || sammāsamādhi || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhagāminipaṭipadanto || ||
8 Ime kho bhikkhave cattāro antā ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).104 (2) Dukkham
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Dukkhañ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi dukkhasamudayañ cā dukkhanirodhañ ca dukkhanirodhagāminipaṭipadañ ca || tam sunātha || ||
4 Katamañ ca bhikkhave dukkham || || Pañcupādanakkhandhātissa vacanīyaṃ || || Katame pañca || seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānakkhandho || ||
Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || ||
5 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhasamudayo || || Yāyam taṇhā ponabbhavikā || pa || vibhavataṇhā || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkhasamudayo || ||
6 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhanirodho || || Yo tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkhanirodho || ||
[page 159]
XXII. 106. 4] ANTAVAGGO PATHAMO 159
7 Katamā ca bhikkhave dukkhanirodhagāminipatipadā || ||
Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo || seyyathīdam sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkhanirodhagāminipaṭipadā ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).105 (3) Sakkāyo
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra -- voca || ||
3 Sakkāyañ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi sakkāyasamudayañ ca sakkāyanirodhañca sakkāyanirodhagāminiñ ca paṭipadaṃ taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Katamo ca bhikkhave sakkāyo || || Pañcupādānakkhandhā tissa vacanīyaṃ || || Katame pañca || || Seyyathidaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānakkhandho || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyo || ||
5 Katamo ca bhikkhave sakkāyasamudayo || || Yāyaṃ taṇhā ponabbhavikā || pa || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyasamudayo || ||
6 Katamo ca sakkāyanirodho || || Yo tassāyeva taṇhāya ||
pa || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyanirodho || ||
7 Katamā ca bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pa || sammāsamādhi || ||
8 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).106 (4) Pariññeyyā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pariññeye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi pariññā ca pariññātāviñca puggalaṃ || taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Katame ca bhikkhave pariññeyyā dhammā || || Rūpam bhikkhave pariññeyyo dhammo || Vedanā || pa || Saññā ||
Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam pariññeyyo dhammo || || Ime vuccanti bhikkhave pariññeyyā dhammā || ||
[page 160]
160 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 106. 5
5 Katamā ca bhikkhave pariññā || || Rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave pariññā || ||
6 Katamo ca bhikkhave pariññātāvī puggalo || || Arahātissa vacanīyaṃ || Yo yam āyasmā {evaṃnāmo} evaṃgotto ||
ayam vuccati bhikkhave pariññātāvī puggalo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).107 (5) Samaṇā (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pañcime bhikkhave upādānakkhandhā || || Katame pañca || Seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || Viññāṇupādānakkhandho || ||
4-5 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam na pajānanti || pe ||
pajānanti || sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).108 (6) Samaṇā (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Pañcime bhikkhave upādānakkhandhā || || Katame pañca || Seyyathīdam {rūpūpādānakkhandho} || pe ||
4-5 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānanti || pe || pajānanti || sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).109 (7) Sotāpanno
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Pañcime bhikkhave upādānakkhandhā || || Katame pañca || Seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānakkhandho || ||
4 Yato ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti
[page 161]
XXII. 112. 3] ANTAVAGGO PATHAMO 161
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).110 (8) Arahaṃ
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Pañcime bhikkhave upādānakkhandhā || || Katame pañca || || Seyyathīdaṃ || rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānakkhandho || ||
4 Yato ca kho bhikkhave bhikkhu imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam viditvā anupādā vimutto hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaññojano sammadaññā vimutto ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).111 (9) Chandarāgī (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Rūpe bhikkhave yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā tam pajahatha || evaṃ taṃ rūpam pahīnam bhavissati ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakataṃ āyatim anuppādadhammaṃ ||
4-6 Vedanāya || pe || Saññāya || Saṅkhāresu ||
7 Viññāṇe yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā tam pajahatha || evaṃ taṃ viññāṇam pahīnam bhavissati ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukataṃ anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppādadhamman ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).112 (10) Chandarāgī (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Rūpe bhikkhave yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā te pajahatha
[page 162]
162 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 112. 4-5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || evaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ pahīnaṃ bhavissati ucchinnamūlam || la || pe ||
4-5 Vedanāya || Saññāya || ||
6 Saṅkhāresu yo chando || pa || evaṃ te saṅkhārā pahīnā bhavissanti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
7 Viññāṇe yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā te pajahatha || evaṃ taṃ viññāṇaṃ pahīnam bhavissati ucchinnamūlam tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppādadhamman ti || ||
Antavaggo samatto ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Ante Dukkhañca Sakkāyo ||
Pariññeyyā Samaṇā dve ||
Sotāpanno Arahañca ||
Dve ca Chandarāgiyo ti || ||
CHAPTER II DHAMMAKATHIKA-VAGGO DUTIYO.
SN_3,22(1).113 (1) Avijjā, or Bhikkhu (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pa || ||
3 Nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Avijjā avijjāti bhante vuccati || katamā nu kho bhante avijjā kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu assutavā puthujjano rūpaṃ na pajānāti rūpasamudayaṃ na pajānāti rūpanirodhaṃ na pajānāti rūpanirodhagāminim paṭipadaṃ na pajānāti || ||
5-8 Vedanaṃ na pajānāti || Saññam || {Saṅkhāre} na pajānāti || pa || Viññāṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadaṃ na pajānāti || ||
[page 163]
XXII. 115. 8] DHAMMAKATHIKA-VAGGO DUTIYO. 163
9 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu avijjā ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).114 (2) Vijjā, or Bhikkhu (2)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
4 Vijjā vijjāti bhante vuccati || || Katamā nu kho bhante vijjā kittāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu sutavā ariyasāvako rūpam pajānāti ||
rūpasamudayaṃ || rūpanirodhaṃ || rūpanirodhagāminim paṭipadam pajānāti || ||
5-8 Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre pajānāti || la || Viññāṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadaṃ pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu vijjā ettāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).115 (3) Kathika (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Dhammakathiko dhammakathiko ti bhante vuccati || || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhammakathiko hotīti ||
4 Rūpassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaṃ deseti Dhammakathiko bhikkhū ti alaṃ vacanāya || || Rūpassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti Dhammānudhammapaṭipanno bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || || Rūpassa ce bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti Diṭṭhadhamme nibbānappatto bhikkhū ti alaṃ vacanāya || ||
5-7 Vedanāya ce bhikkhu || pe || Saññāya || Saṅkhārānaṃ ce bhikkhu || ||
8 Viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaṃ deseti Dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || || Viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti Dhammānudhammapaṭipanno bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || || Viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti Diṭṭhadhamme nibbānappatto bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāyāti
[page 164]
164 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 116. 1
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
SN_3,22(1).116 (4) Kathika (2)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Dhammakathiko dhammakathiko ti bhante vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhammakathiko hoti ||
kittāvatā dhammānudhammapaṭipanno hoti || kittāvatā diṭṭhadhammanibbānapatto hotīti || ||
3 Rūpassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaṃ deseti Dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alam vacanāya || || Rūpassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti Dhammānudhammapaṭipanno bhikkhūti alam vacanāya || || Rūpassa ce bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti Diṭṭhadhammanibbānapatto bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanaya || ||
4-6 Vedanāya ce bhikkhu || pe || Saññāya ce bhikkhu || ||
Saṅkhārānaṃ ce bhikkhu || ||
7 Viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaṃ deseti Dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanaya || || Viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti Dhammānudhammapaṭipanno bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || || Viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti Diṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāyāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).117 (5) Bandhanā
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī || pe || sappurisadhammesu avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || || Ayam vuccati bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano rūpabandhanabaddho sāntarabāhirabandhanabaddho atīradassī apāradassī baddho jāyati baddho mīyati baddho asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ gacchati || ||
[page 165]
XXII. 118. 3-5] DHAMMAKATHIKA-VAGGO DUTIYO 165
4 Vedanam attato samanupassati || pe || vedanāya vā attānaṃ || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano vedanābandhanabaddho sāntarabāhirabandhanabaddho atīradassī apāradassī baddho jāyati baddho mīyati baddho asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ gacchatī || ||
5-6 Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || ||
7 Viññāṇam attato samanupassatī || pa || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano viññāṇabandhanabaddho sāntarabāhirabandhanabaddho atīradassī apāradassī baddho jāyati baddho mīyati baddho asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ gacchati || ||
8 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako ariyānam dassāvī || la || sappurisadhammesu vinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ na attani vā rūpaṃ na rūpasmiṃ vā attānanaṃ || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako na rūpabandhanabaddho na sāntarabāhirabandhanabaddho tīradassī pāradassī || parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
9 Na vedanam attato || la || ||
10 Na saññam attato || la || ||
11 Na saṅkhāre attato || la ||
12 Na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || pa || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako na viññāṇabandhanabaddho na sāntarabāhirabandhanabaddho tīradassī pāradassī ||
parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).118 (6) Parimucchita
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || || Rūpam etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassathāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhave || Rūpam bhikkhave netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammapaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
3-5 Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || ||
[page 166]
166 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 118. 6
6 Viññānam etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassathāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhave || viññāṇam bhikkhave netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
7 Evam passaṃ || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).119 (7) Parimucchita (2)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti samanupassathāti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhave || Rūpam bhikkhave netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
3-5 Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || ||
6 Viññāṇaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassathāti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhave || Viññāṇam bhikkhave netam mama neso hamasmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
7 Evaṃ || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).120 (8) Saññojanam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Saññojanīye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi saññojānaṃ ca || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katame ca bhikkhave saññojaniyādhammā katamaṃ ca {saññojanaṃ} || ||
4 Rūpaṃ bhikkhave saññojaniyo dhammo || yo tattha chandarāgo taṃ tattha saññojanaṃ || ||
5-7 Vedanā || pa || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || ||
[page 167]
XXII. 122. 6] DHAMMAKATHIKA-VAGGO DUTIYO. 167
8 Viññāṇaṃ saññojanīyo dhammo || yo tattha chandarāgo taṃ tattha saññojanaṃ || ||
9 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave saññojanīyā dhammā || idaṃ saññojananti || ||
SN_3,22(1).121 (9) Upādānam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Upādāniye ce bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi upādānaṃ ca || taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Katame ca bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā || katamam upādānaṃ || ||
5 Rūpam bhikkhave upādāniyo dhammo || yo tattha chandarāgo taṃ tattha upādānaṃ || ||
6-8 Vedanā || pa || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || ||
9 Viññāṇam upādāniyo dhammo || yo tattha chandarāgo taṃ tattha upādānaṃ || ||
10 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā || idam upādānan ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).122 (10) Sīlam
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Koṭṭhito Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2-3 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhito sāyaṇhasamayam paṭisallāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami ||
pa || etad avoca || || Sīlavatāvuso Sāriputta bhikkhunākatame dhammā yoniso manasi kattabbāti || ||
4 Sīlāvatāvuso Koṭṭhita bhikkhunā pañcupādānakkhandā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kattabbā || ||
5 Katame pañca || || Seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādāpakkhando || ||
viññāṇupādānakkhandho || || Sīlavatāvuso Koṭṭhita bhikkhunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato || pe ||
anattato yoniso manasi kattabbā || ||
6 Ṭhānaṃ kho panetam āvuso vijjati || yaṃ sīlavā bhikkhu ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato dukkhato
[page 168]
168 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 122. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
pe || anattato yoniso manasi karonto sotāpattiphalam sacchikareyyāti || ||
7 Sotāpannena panāvūso Sāriputta bhikkhunā katame dhammā yoniso manasikattabbāti || ||
8 Sotāpannena pi kho āvuso Koṭṭhita bhikkhunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato || pe || anattato manasi kattabbā || ||
9 Ṭhānaṃ kho panetam āvuso vijjati || yaṃ sotāpanno bhikkhu ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato || pe || anattato yoniso manasi karonto sakadāgāmiphalaṃ sacchikareyyāti || ||
10 Sakadāgāminā panāvuso Sāriputta bhikkhunā katame ca dhammā yoniso kattabbāti || ||
11 Sakadāgāminā pi kho āvuso Koṭṭhita bhikkhunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato || pe || anattato manasi kattabbā || ||
12 Ṭhānaṃ kho panetam āvuso vijjati || yaṃ sakadāgāmi bhikkhu pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato || pe || anattato yoniso manasi karonto anāgāmiphalaṃ sacchikareyyāti || ||
13 Anāgāminā panāvuso Sāriputta bhikkhunā katame dhammā yoniso manasi kattabbā ti || ||
14 Anāgāminā pi kho āvuso Koṭṭhita bhikkhunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato || pe || anattato yoniso manasi kattabbā || ||
15 Ṭhānaṃ kho panetam āvuso vijjati || yam anāgāmi bhikkhu ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato || pe || anattato yoniso manasi karonto arahattaphalaṃ sacchikareyyāti || ||
16 Arahatā panāvuso Sāriputta katame dhammā yoniso manasi kattabbāti || ||
17 Arahatā pi kho āvuso Koṭṭhita ime pañcupādānakkhande aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kattabbā || ||
18 Natthi khvāvuso arahato uttarikaraṇīyaṃ katassa vā paṭiccayo
[page 169]
XXII. 124. 9] DHAMMAKATHIKA-VAGGO DUTIYO 169
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || api ca kho ime dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya ceva saṃvattanti satisampajaññāya cāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).123 (11) Sutavā
1 Bārāṇasi-nidānaṃ || ||
SN_3,22(1).124 (12) Kappo (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Kappo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Kappo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante janato katham passato imasmiṃ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāramānānusayā na hontī ti || ||
4 Yaṃ kiñci Kappa rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattam vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnam vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhutaṃ sammāppaññāya passati || ||
5-7 Yā kāci vedanā || pe || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci saṅkhārā || ||
8 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati || ||
9 Evaṃ kho Kappa jānato evam passato imasmiṃ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāramānānusayā na hontīti || ||
[page 170]
170 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 125. 1
SN_3,22(1).125 (13) Kappo (2)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Kappo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato imasmiṃ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsamatikkantam santam suvimuttan ti || ||
3 Yaṃ kiñci Kappa rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ||
la || sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
4-6 Yā kāci vedanā || || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci saṅkhārā || ||
7 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāga apaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
8 Evaṃ kho Kappa jānato evam passato imasmiñ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāramānāpagatam mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsamatikkantam santaṃ suvimuttan ti || ||
Dhammakathikavaggo samatto || ||
Avijjā Vijjā dve Kathikā ||
Bandhanā Parimuccitā duve ||
Saññojānaṃ Upādānaṃ ||
Sīlaṃ Sutavā dve ca Kappenā ti || ||
CHAPTER III AVIJJĀVAGGO TATIYO
SN_3,22(1).126 (1) Samudayadhamma (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
[page 171]
XXII. 126. 11] AVIJJĀVAGGO TATIYO 171
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā || pa || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Avijjā avijjāti bhante vuccati || katamā nu kho bhante avijjā kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu assutavā puthujjano samudayadhammaṃ rūpaṃ Samudayadhammaṃ rūpanti yathādhammaṃ na pajānāti || vayadhammaṃ rūpaṃ Vayadhammam rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || samudayavayadhammaṃ rupaṃ Samudayavayadhammaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti ||
5 Samudayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ Samudayadhammā vedanāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || vayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ Vayadhammā vedanā ti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānati || samudayavayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ Samudayavayadhammā vedanāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti ||
6 Samudayadhammaṃ saññaṃ || pe ||
7 Samudayadhamme saṅkhāre Samudayadhammā saṅkhārāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || vayadhamme saṅkhāre Vayadhammā saṅkhārāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || samudayavayadhamme saṅkhāre Samudayavayadhammā saṅkhārāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
8 Samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇam Samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || vayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ Vayadhammaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || samudayavayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ Samudayavayadhammam viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu avijjā ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
10 Evaṃ vutte so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Vijjā vijjāti bhante vuccati || katamā nu kho bhante vijjā kittāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
11 Idha bhikkhu sutavā ariyasāvako samudayadhammaṃ rūpaṃ Samudayarūpanti yathābhūtam pajānāti || vayadhammaṃ rūpam Vayadhammaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti
[page 172]
172 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 126. 12
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || samudayavayadhammaṃ rupaṃ Samudayavayadhammaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || ||
12 Samudayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ || pe ||
13 Samudayadhammaṃ saññaṃ || pe ||
14 Samudayadhamme saṅkhāre || pe ||
15 Samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ Samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtam pajānāti || vayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ Vayadhammaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
samudayavayadhammam viññāṇaṃ Samudayavayadhammaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti
Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu vijjā ettāvatā vijjāgato hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).127 (2) Samudayadhamma (2)
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmā ca MahāKoṭṭhito Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhito sāyaṇhasamayam patisallāṇā vuṭṭhito || pa ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhito āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Avijjā avijjāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamā nu kho āvuso avijjā kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso assutavā puthujjano samudayadhammam rūpam Samudayadhammaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || vayadhammaṃ rupaṃ || pe || samudayavayadhammaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti ||
5 Samudayadhammam vedanaṃ || pe ||
6 Samudayadhammaṃ saññaṃ || ||
7 Samudayadhamme saṅkhāre || ||
8 Samudayadhammam viññāṇam || pa || vayadhammaṃ viññāṇam || pa || Samudayavayadhammam viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccati āvuso ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
[page 173]
XXII. 130. 1-2] AVIJJĀVAGGO TATIYO 173
SN_3,22(1).128 (3) Samudayadhammā (3)
1-2 Bārāṇasi nidānaṃ || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhito āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Vijjā vijjāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamā nu kho āvuso vijjā kittāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso sutavā ariyasāvako samudayadhammaṃ rūpaṃ Samudayadhammaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
vayadhammaṃ rūpaṃ || pe || samudayavayadhammaṃ rūpaṃ Samudayavayadhammaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || ||
5 Samudayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ || pe ||
6 Samudayadhammaṃ saññaṃ || ||
7 Samudayadhamme saṅkhāre || ||
8 Samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ || samudayavayadhammaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhutaṃ pajānāti || ||
9 Ayam vuccatāvuso vijjā ettāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).129 (4) Assāda (1)
1-2 Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhito āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Avijjā avijjāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || Katamā nu kho āvuso avijjā kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso assutavā puthujjano rūpassa assādañca ādīnavañca {nissaraṇañca} yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
5-7 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānam || ||
8 Viññāṇassa assādañca {ādīnavañca} nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso avijjā ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).130 (5) Assāda (2)
1-2 Bārāṇasiyaṃ Isipatane Migadāye || ||
[page 174]
174 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 130. 3
3 Vijjā vijjāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || || Katamā nu kho āvuso vijjā kittāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso sutavā ariyasāvako rūpassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
5-7 Vedanāya || || pe || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānaṃ || ||
8 Viññāṇassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
9 Ayam vuccatāvuso vijjā ettāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).131 (6) Samudaya (1)
1-2 Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || pa || ||
3 Avijjā avijjāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || || Katamā nu kho āvuso avijjā kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso assutavā puthujjano rūpassa samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
5-8 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānam || || Viññāṇassa samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso avijjā ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).132 (7) Samudaya (2)
1-2 Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhito āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Vijjā vijjāti avuso Sāriputta vuccati || || Katamā nu kho āvuso vijjā kittāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso sutavā ariyasāvako rūpassa samudayañca atthagamañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
5-8 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārāṇaṃ || || Viññāṇassa samudayañca atthagamañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso vijjā ettāvatāca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
[page 175]
XXII. 134. 8] AVIJJĀVAGGO TATIYO 175
SN_3,22(1).133 (8) Koṭṭhita (1)
1 Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayaṃ || pe ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam Mahā-Koṭṭhitam etad avoca || || Avijjā avijjā ti āvuso Koṭṭhita vuccati || Katamā nu kho āvuso Koṭṭhita avijjā vuccati || kittavatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso assutavā puthujjano rūpassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
5-8 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānaṃ || || Viññāṇassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso avijjā ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
10 Evam vutte āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam MahāKoṭṭhitam etad avoca || || Vijjā vijjāti āvuso Koṭṭhita vuccati || katamā nu kho āvuso vijjā kittāvatā ca vijjāgato hotī ti || ||
11 Idhāvuso sutavā ariyasāvako rūpassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti ||
12-14 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānaṃ || ||
15 Viññāṇassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
16 Ayaṃ vuccati āvuso vijjā ettāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).134 (9) Koṭṭhita (2)
1-2 Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
3 Avijjā avijjāti āvuso Koṭṭhita avijjā kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso assutavā puthujjano rūpassa samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādinavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
5-7 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānaṃ || ||
8 Viññāṇassa samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
[page 176]
176 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 134. 9
9 Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso avijjā ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
10 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam MahāKoṭṭhitam etad avoca || || Vijjā vijjāti āvuso Koṭṭhita vuccati || katamā nu kho āvuso vijjā kittāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
11 Idhāvuso sutavā ariyasāvako rūpassa samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
12-14 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || Saṅkhārānaṃ || ||
15 Viññāṇassa samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ayam vuccatāvuso vijjāgato hotīti ||
SN_3,22(1).135 (10) Koṭṭhita (3)
1-2 Taññeva nidānaṃ || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantaṃ Mahā-Koṭṭhitam etad avoca || || Avijjā avijjāti āvuso Koṭṭhita vuccati || || Katamā nu kho āvuso avijjā hoti kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotī ti || ||
4 Idhāvuso assutavā puthujjano rūpam na pajānāti ||
rūpasamudayam na pajānāti || rūpanirodham na pajānāti ||
rūpanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam na pajānāti || ||
5-7 Vedanaṃ na pajānāti || pe || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || ||
8 Viññāṇaṃ na pajānāti viññāṇasamudayaṃ na pajānāti viññāṇanirodhaṃ na pajānāti vinnāṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadaṃ na pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso avijjā ettāvatā avijjāgato hotīti || ||
10 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam MahāKoṭṭhitam etad avoca || || Vijjā vijjāti āvuso Koṭṭhita vuccati || || Katamā nu kho āvuso vijjā kittāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
11 Idhāvuso sutavā ariyasāvako rūpam pajānāti rūpasamudayam pajānāti
[page 177]
XXII. 137. 2] KUKKUḶA VAGGO CATUTTHO 177
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || rūpanirodham pajānāti rūpanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam pajānāti || ||
12-14 Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || ||
15 Viññānaṃ pajānāti viññāṇassa samudayam pajānāti viññāṇanirodham pajānāti viññāṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadam pajānāti || ||
16 Ayam vuccatāvuso vijjā ettāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
Avijjāvaggo || ||
Tatruddānam || ||
Samudayadhammena tīṇi ||
Assāda apare duve ||
Samudayena dve vuttā
Koṭṭhitena apare tayoti || ||
CHAPTER IV KUKKUḶA-VAGGO CATUTTHO
SN_3,22(1).136 (1) Kukkuḷa
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra-voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave kukkuḷam || vedanā kukkuḷā ||
saññā kukkuḷā || saṅkhārā kukkuḷā || viññāṇaṃ kukkuḷām || ||
4 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi || saññāya pi || saṅkhāresu pi ||
viññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || ||
5 Nibbindaṃ virajjati || || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).137 (2) Aniccena (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo || ||
Kiñca bhikkhave aniccaṃ || ||
[page 178]
178 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 137. 3
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ || tatra vo chando pahātabbo || ||
4-6 Vedanā aniccā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
7 Viññāṇam aniccaṃ || tatra vo chando pahātabbo || ||
8 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).138 (3) Aniccena (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Yam bhikkhave aniccam tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || || Kiñca bhikkhave aniccaṃ || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || ||
4-7 Vedanā || || Saññā || || {Saṅkhārā} || || Viññāṇaṃ aniccaṃ || tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || ||
8 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).139 (4) Aniccena (3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Kiñca bhikkhave aniccaṃ || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
4-7 Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇam aniccaṃ || tatra vo chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
8 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).140-142 (5-7) Dukkhena (1-3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3-8 Yam bhikkhave dukkhaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo || pa ||
3-8 rāgo pahātabbo || ||
3-8 chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).143-145 (8-10) Anattena (1-3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || ||
[page 179]
XXII. 147. 3] KUKKUḶA VAGGO CATUTTHO 179
rāgo pahātabbo || || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ko ca bhikkhave anattā || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave anattā || tatra vo chando pahātabbo || || rāgo pahātabbo || || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
4-6 Vedanā anattā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
7 Viññānam anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || || rāgo pahātabbo || || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
8 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).146 (11) Kulaputtena dukkhā (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Saddhāpabbajitassa bhikkhave kulaputtassa ayam anudhammo hoti || yaṃ rūpe nibbidā bahulaṃ vihareyya || ||
Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || || Viññāṇe nibbidā bahulaṃ vihareyya || ||
4 So rūpe nibbidā bahulaṃ viharanto || || Vedanāya || ||
Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || Viññāṇe nibbidā bahulaṃ viharanto rūpam parijānāti || || Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || Viññāṇam parijānāti || ||
5 So rūpam parijānaṃ || vedanaṃ || || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇam parijānaṃ parimuccati rūpamhā parimuccati vedanāya parimuccati vedanāya parimuccati saññāya parimuccati saṅkhārehi parimuccati viññāṇamhā parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi parimuccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).147 (12) Kulaputtena dukkhā (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Saddhāpabbajitassa bhikkhave kulaputtassa ayam anudhammo hoti || yaṃ rūpe aniccānupassī vihareyya || ||
Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || || Viññāṇe aniccānupassī vihareyya || || pa || ||
[page 180]
180 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 147. 4-5
4-5 -parimuccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).148 (13) Kulaputtena dukkhā (3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Saddhā pabbajitassa bhikkhave kulaputtassa ayam anudhammo hoti || yaṃ rūpe anattānupassī vihareyya || ||
Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || || Viññāṇe anattānupassī vihareyya || ||
4 So rūpe anattānupassī viharanto || vedanāya || saññāya || saṅkhāresu || viññāṇe anattānupassī viharanto rūpam parijānati || vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇam parijānāti || ||
5 So rūpam parijānaṃ vedanaṃ || saññam || saṅkhāre ||
viññāṇam parijānaṃ parimuccati rūpamhā parimuccati vedanāya pārimuccati saññāya parimuccati saṅkhārehi parimuccati viññāṇamhā parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi parimuccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmīti || ||
Kukkuḷavaggo catuttho || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Kukkuḷā tayo Aniccena || ||
Dukkhena apare tayo ||
Anattena tayo vuttā ||
Kulaputtena dve dukkhā ti || ||
CHAPTER V DIṬṬHIVAGGO PAÑCAMO
SN_3,22(1).149 (1) Ajjhattikam
1-2 Sāvatthi || Tatra-voca || ||
3 Kisminnu bhikkhave sati kim upādāya uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhanti || ||
[page 181]
XXII. 150. 5-9] DIṬṬHIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 181
4 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ || ||
6-8 Vedanāya sati || pa || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
9 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave rūpaṃ niccam aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante Yam panāniccaṃ dukkham vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya uppajjeyya ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhanti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-13 Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
14 Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya uppajjeyya ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhan ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Evampassaṃ || pa || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).150 (2) Etam mama
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassatīti || ||
4 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5-9 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa
[page 182]
182 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 150. 10
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || la || || Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassati || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave rūpaṃ niccam vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pa || vipariṇāmadhammam api me tam anupādāya Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupasseyyā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-13 Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
14 Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pa || || vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupasseyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānatīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).151 (3) Eso attā3
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati So attā so loko so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammoti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evaṃ ditthi uppajjati || So attā so loko so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammoti || ||
6-9 Vedanāya || Saññāya || Saṅkhāresu || Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati
[page 183]
XXII. 152. 5-7] DIṬṬHIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 183
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || So attā so loko so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammoti || ||
10 Tam kim maññatha bhikkhave rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yampanāniccam dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya || So attā so loko so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammoti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || {Saṅkhārā} || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya || So attā so loko so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammoti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Evam passaṃ || || pe || || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).152 (4) No ca me siyā1
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || No cassaṃ no ca me siyā na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatī ti || ||
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || || pe || ||
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || No cassaṃ no ca me siyā na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatīti || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
[page 184]
184 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 152. 8
8 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || No cassaṃ no ca me siyā na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatī ti || ||
9 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || || Rūpaṃ niccam vā aniccam vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya || || No cassaṃ no me siyā na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatī ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10-13 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya No cassaṃ no ca me siyā na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Evam passaṃ || pe || naparam itthattayāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).153 (5) Micchā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa micchādiṭṭhi uppajjatī ti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || || pe ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa micchādiṭṭhi uppajjati || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññānaṃ upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa micchādiṭṭhi uppajjati || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam || pa || api nu tam anupādāya micchādiṭṭhi uppajjeyyā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || ||
[page 185]
XXII. 155. 5] DIṬṬHIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 185
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkham vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ || api nu tam anupādāya micchādiṭṭhi uppajjeyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).154 (6) Sakkāya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjatīti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjati || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjati || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccam aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam || pa || api nu tam anupādāya sakkāya diṭṭhi uppajjeyyā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ || pe || api nu tam anupādāya sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjeyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).155 (7) Attānu
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa Attānudiṭṭhi uppajjatīti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa attānudiṭṭhi uppajjati || ||
[page 186]
186 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 155. 6-9
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa attānudiṭṭhi uppajjati || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam || pa || api nu tam anupādāya attānudiṭṭhi uppajjeyyā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || {Saṅkhārā} || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam || pa || api nu tam anupādāya attānudiṭṭhi uppajjeyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).156 (8) Abhinivesa (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa uppajjanti saññojanābhinivesavinibandhāti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpaṃ abhinivissa uppajjanti saññojanābhinivesavinibandhā || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa uppajjanti saññojanābhinivesavinibandhā || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam || pa || api nu tam anupādāya uppajjeyyuṃ saññojanābhinivesavinibandhā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || no hetam bhante || ||
15 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
[page 187]
XXII. 158. 9] DIṬṬHIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 187
SN_3,22(1).157 (9) Abhinivesa (2)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa uppajjanti saññojanābhinivesavinibandhājjhosānā ti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
SN_3,22(1).158 (10) Ānandena
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || || upasaṅkamitvā || pa || Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
3 Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu yam aham Bhagavato dhammam sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Ānanda || Rūpaṃ niccam vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu tam anupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
5-8 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vāti-sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkhaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ ||
kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
9 Tasmā ti hānanda yaṃ kiñci rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannam || ||
[page 188]
188 RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 158. 10
10 Evam passam || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
Diṭṭhivaggo pañcamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Ajjhattikam Etam mama Eso me attā No ca me siyā ||
Micchā Sakkāya Attānu dve || Abhinivesā Ānandenāti ||
6 Uparipaññāsakuddānaṃ || ||
Antaṃ Vijjā Samudayañ ca ||
Kukkulaṃ Diṭṭhi pañcamaṃ ||
Tatiyo paññāsako vutto
Nipāto ti pavuccatīti || ||
Khandhasaṃyuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ || ||
BOOK II RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA
CHAPTER I VAGGO PATHAMO
SN_3,23(2).1 (1) Māro
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Attha kho āyasmā Rādho yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami
[page 189]
XXIII. 2. 3] VAGGO PATHAMO 189
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Māro Māro ti vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante Māro ti || ||
4 Rūpe kho Rādha sati Māro vā assa māretā vā yo vā pana mīyati || tasmāti ha tvaṃ Rādha rūpam Māro ti passa māretā ti passa mīyatīti passa rogoti passa gaṇḍo ti passa sallanti passa aghanti passa aghabhūtanti passa || || Ye nam evam passanti te sammāpassanti || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
8 Viññāṇe sati Māro vā assa māretā vā yo vā pana mīyati || tasmāti ha tvaṃ Rādha viññāṇam Māro ti passa māretā ti passa mīyatīti passa rāgo ti passa gaṇḍo ti passa sallanti passa aghanti passa aghabhūtanti passa || || Ye nam evam passanti te sammāpassantī ti || ||
9 Sammādassanam pana bhante kimatthiyanti || ||
Sammādassanaṃ kho Rādha nibbidatthaṃ || ||
10 Nibbidā pana bhante kimatthiyā ti || ||
Nibbidā kho Rādha virāgatthā || ||
11 Virāgo pana bhante kimatthiyoti || ||
Virāgo kho Rādha vimuttattho || ||
12 Vimutti pana bhante kimatthiyāti || ||
Vimutti kho Rādha nibbānatthā || ||
13 Nibbānam pana bhante kimatthiyanti || ||
Assa Rādha pañhaṃ nāsakkhi pañhassa pariyantaṃ gahetuṃ || || Nibbānogadhaṃ hi Rādha brahmacariyaṃ vussati nibbānaparāyanaṃ nibbānapariyosānan ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).2 (2) Satto
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca
[page 190]
190 RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIII. 2. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Satto satto ti vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante satto ti vuccatīti || ||
4 Rūpe kho Rādha yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā tatra satto tatra visatto tasmā satto ti vuccati || ||
5-7 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || ||
8 Viññāṇe yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā tatra satto tatra visatto tasmā satto ti vuccati || ||
9 Seyyathāpi Rādha kumārakā vā kumāriyo vā paṃsvāgārakehi kīḷanti || || Yāva kīvañca tesu paṃsvāgārakesu avītarāgā honti avigatachandā avigatapemā avigatapipāsā avigatapariḷāhā avigatataṇhā || tāva tāni paṃsvāgārakāni ālayanti keḷāyanti manāyanti mamāyanti || ||
10 Yato ca kho Rādha kumārakā vā kumāriyo vā tesu paṃsvāgārakesu vigatarāgā honti vigatachandā vigatapemā vigatapipāsā vigatapariḷāhā vigatataṇhā || atha kho tāni paṃsvāgārakāni hatthehi ca pādehi ca vikiranti vidhamanti viddhaṃsenti vikīḷanikaṃ karonti || ||
11 Evam eva kho Rādha tumhe rūpaṃ vikiratha vidhamatha viddhaṃsetha vikīḷanikaṃ karotha taṇhakkhayāya paṭipajjatha || ||
12-14 Vedanaṃ vikiratha || || Saññam vikiratha || ||
Saṅkhāre vikiratha || ||
15 Viññāṇaṃ vikiratha vidhamatha viddhaṃsetha vikiḷanikaṃ karotha taṇhakkhayāya paṭipajjatha || || Taṇhakkhayo hi Rādha nibbānan ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).3 (3) Bhavanetti
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Bhavanetti bhavanettīnirodho ti bhante vuccati || katamā nu kho bhante bhavanettī katamo bhavanettīnirodho ti || ||
[page 191]
XXIII. 5. 5] VAGGO PATHAMO 191
4 Rūpe kho Rādha yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā ya upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusāyā || ayaṃ vuccati bhavanettī tesaṃ nirodhā bhavanettīnirodho || ||
5-7 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || ||
8 Viññāne yo chando || pa || adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhavanettī tesaṃ nirodhā bhavanettīnirodho ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).4 (4) Pariññeyyā
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || || Pariññeye ca dhamme desissāmi pariññañ ca pariññātāvim puggalaṃ ca taṃ suṇohi ||
pe ||
4 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Katame ca Rādha pariññeyyā dhammā || || Rūpaṃ kho Rādha pariññeyyo dhammo ||
Vedanā pariññeyyo dhammo || Sañña || Saṅkhārā pariññeyyo dhammo || Viññāṇaṃ pariññeyyo dhammo || || Ime vuccanti Rādha pariññeyyā dhammā || ||
5 Katamā ca Rādha pariññā || || Yo kho Rādha rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo ayaṃ vuccati Rādha pariññā || ||
6 Katamo ca Rādha pariññātāvī puggalo || || Arahātissa vacanīyaṃ || yoyam āyasmā evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto ayam vuccati Rādha pariññātāvī puggalo ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).5 (5) Samaṇā (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Pañcime Rādha upādānakkhandhā || || Katame pañca ||
seyyathīdam rūpūpādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānakkhandho || ||
5 Ye hi keci Rādha samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imesaṃ pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānanti
[page 192]
192 RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIII. 5. 6
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || na me te Rādha samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā || na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmaññattham vā brahmaññatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
6 Ye ca kho keci Rādha samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānanti || te kho Rādha samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇā sammatā || te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthañca brahmaññatthañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).6 (6) Samaṇā (2)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Pañcime Rādha upādānakkhandhā || || Katame pañca || ||
Seyyathīdam rūpūpādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇūpādānakkhandho || ||
5-6 Ye hi keci Rādha samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam na pajānanti || || pe || || sayam abhiññā sacchi katvā upasampajja viharantīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).7 (7) Sotāpanno
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Pañcime Rādha upādānakkhandhā || || Katame pañca || || Seyyathīdaṃ {rūpūpādānakkhandho} || pe || viññāṇūpādānakkhandho || ||
[page 193]
XXIII. 9. 6-7] VAGGO PATHAMO 193
5 Yato ca kho Rādha ariyasāvako imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañcā yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
ayam vuccati Rādha ariyasāvako Sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).8 (8) Arahā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Pañcime Rādha upādānakkhandhā || || Katame pañca || ||
Seyyathidaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānakkhandho || ||
5 Yato ca kho Rādha bhikkhu imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā anupādā vimutto hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu {Arahaṃ} khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇa bhava saññojano sammad aññāvimutto ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).9 (9) Chandarāga (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Rūpe kho Rādha yo chande yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā tam pajahatha || || evaṃ taṃ rūpam pahīnam bhavissati ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukataṃ anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppādadhammaṃ || ||
5 Vedanāya yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā tam pajahatha || evaṃ sā vedanā pahīnā bhavissati ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
6-7 Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā taṃ pajahatha || evante saṅkhārā pahīnā bhavissanti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
[page 194]
194 RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIII. 9. 8
8 Viññāṇe yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā tam pajahatha || evaṃ taṃ viññāṇam bhavissati || pa || dhamman ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).10 (10) Chandarāga (2)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Rūpe kho Rādha yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭānābhinivesānusayā te pajahatha || evan taṃ rūpam pahīnam bhavissati ucchinnamūlam tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakataṃ āyatim anuppādadhammaṃ || ||
5 Vedanāya yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā tanhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā te pajahatha || evaṃ sā vedanā pahīnā bhavissati ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā || pa || āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
6-7 Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā ya upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā te pajahatha || evante saṅkhārā pahīnā bhavissanti ucchinnamūlā || pa || āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
8 Viññāṇe yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā te pajahatha || evantaṃ viññāṇam pahīnam bhavissati ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppādadhamman ti || ||
Rādhasaṃyuttassa pathamo vaggo || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Māro Satto Bhavanettī || ||
Pariññeyyā Samaṇā duve ||
Sotāpanno Arahā ca ||
Chandarāgā apare duve ti || ||
[page 195]
XXIII. 14. 4] DUTIYO VAGGO 195
CHAPTER II DUTIYO VAGGO
SN_3,23(2).11 (1) Māro
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Māro Māro ti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante Māroti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha Māro vedanā Māro saññā Māro saṅkhārā Māro viññānam Māro || ||
5 Evam passaṃ Rādha sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim pi nibbindati || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).12 (2) Māradhammo
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Māradhammo Māradhammo ti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante Māradhammo ti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha Māradhammo vedanā Māradhammo saññā Māradhammo saṅkhārā Māradhammo viññāṇam Māradhammo || ||
5 Evam passaṃ Rādha || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).13 (3) Anicca (1)
1-3 Aniccam aniccanti bhante vuccati || katamannu kho bhante aniccanti || ||
4 Rupaṃ kho Rādha aniccaṃ || vedanā aniccā || sañña aniccā || saṅkhārā aniccā || viññāṇam aniccaṃ || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).14 (4) Anicca (2)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Aniccadhammo aniccadhammo ti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante aniccadhammo ti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha aniccadhammo || vedanā aniccadhammo
[page 196]
196 RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIII. 14. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || saññā || saṅkharā aniccadhammo || viññāṇam aniccadhammo || ||
5 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).15 (5) Dukkha (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Dukkhaṃ dukkhanti bhante vuccati || || Katamannu kho bhante dukkhanti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha dukkhaṃ || vedanā dukkhā || saññā ||
saṅkhārā dukkhā || viññānaṃ dukkhaṃ || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).16 (6) Dukkha (2)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Dukkhadhammo dukkhadhammoti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante dukkhadhammoti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho bhante dukkhadhammo || vedanā dukkhadhammo saññā || saṅkhārā dukkhadhammo || viññāṇaṃ dukkhadhammo || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).17 (7) Anatta (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Anattā anattā ti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante anattāti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha anattā || vedanā anattā || saññā ||
saṅkhārā anattā || viññāṇam anattāti || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).18 (8) Anatta (2)
1-3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Anattadhammo anattadhammoti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante anattadhammoti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha anattadhammo || vedanā anatta-------------------------------------------------------------------------dhammo
[page 197]
XXIII. 22. 1-3] DUTIYO VAGGO 197
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || saññā || saṅkhārā anattadhammo || viññāṇam anattadhammo || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).19 (9) Khaya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Khayadhammo khayadhammo ti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante khayadhammoti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha khayadhammo || vedanā || saññā ||
saṅkhārā khayadhammo || viññāṇaṃ khayadhammo || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).20 (10) Vaya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Vayadhammo vayadhammoti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante vayadhammoti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha vayadhammo || vedanā vayadhammo || saññā || saṅkhārā vayadhammo || viññāṇaṃ vayadhammo || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).21 (11) Samudaya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Samudayadhammo samudayadhammoti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante samudayadhammoti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha samudayadhammo || vedanā samudayadhammo || saññā || saṅkhārasamudayadhammo ||
viññāṇaṃ samudayadhammo || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).22 (12) Nirodhadhamma
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nirodhadhammo nirodhadhammoti
[page 198]
198 RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIII. 22. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Katamo nu kho bhante nirodhadhammo ti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha nirodhadhammo || vedanā || saññā ||
saṅkhārā nirodhadhammo || viññāṇaṃ nirodhadhammo || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
Vaggo dutiyo || ||
Uddānam || ||
Māro ca Māradhammo ca || ||
Aniccehi pare duve ||
Dukkhehi ca dve vuttā ||
Anattehi tatheva ca || ||
Khaya-Vaya-Samudayaṃ ||
Nirodhadhammena dvādasāti || ||
CHAPTER III ĀYĀCANA-VAGGO TATIYO
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || pe || pahitatto vihareyyan ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).23 (1) Māro
4 Yo kho Rādha Māro tatra te chando pahātabbo || ko ca Rādha Māro || || Rūpam kho Rādha Māro || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Vedanā Māro || tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Saññā || || Saṅkhārā Māro || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
Viññāṇam Māro || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
SN_3,23(2).24 (2) Māradhammo
4 Yo kho Rādha Māradhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo rāgo pahātabbo chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
[page 199]
XXIII. 34. 5] ĀYĀCANA-VAGGO TATIYO 199
SN_3,23(2).25-26 (3-4) Anicca (1-2)
4 Yaṃ kho Rādha aniccaṃ ||
4 Yo kho Rādha aniccadhammo ||
SN_3,23(2).27-28 (5-6) Dukkham (1-2)
4 Yaṃ kho Rādha dukkhaṃ || ||
4 Yo kho Rādha dukkhadhammo ||
SN_3,23(2).29-30 (7-8) Anatta (1-2)
4 Yo kho Rādha anattā ||
4 Yo kho Rādha anattadhammo ||
SN_3,23(2).31-32 (9-10) Khaya-Vaya
4 Yo kho Rādha khayadhammo ||
4 Yo kho Rādha vayadhammo ||
SN_3,23(2).33 (11) Samudaya
4 Yo kho Rādha samudayadhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo rāgo pahātabbo chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
SN_3,23(2).34 (12) Nirodhadhammo
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante ||
pe || vihareyyan ti || ||
4 Yo kho Rādha nirodhadhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo rāgo pahātabbo chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ko ca Rādha nirodhadhammo || || Rūpaṃ kho Rādha nirodhadhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo || Vedanā nirodhadhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā nirodhadhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Viññāṇaṃ nirodhadhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5 Yo kho Rādha nirodhadhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||
Āyācanavaggo tatiyo || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
[page 200]
200 RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIII. 35. 1-3
Māro ca Māradhammo ca ||
Aniccena apare duve ||
Dukkhehi ca dve vuttā ||
Anattehi apare dve
Khaya-Vaya-Samudayaṃ ||
Nirodhadhammena dvādasāti || ||
CHAPTER IV UPANISINNAVAGGO CATUTTHO
SN_3,23(2).35 (1) Māro
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Yo kho Rādha Māro tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Ko ca Rādha Māro || || Rūpaṃ kho Rādha Māro || tatra te chando pahātabbo || pa || Viññāṇam Māro || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Yo kho Rādha Māro tatra te chando pahātabbo ti || ||
5 Yo kho Rādha Māro tatra te rāgo pahātabbo || pe ||
6 Yo kho Rādha Māro tatra te chandarāgo pahātabbo ||
SN_3,23(2).36 (2) Māradhammo
4 Yo kho Rādha Māradhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5 Yo kho Rādha Māradhammo tatra te rāgo pahātabbo || ||
6 Yo kho Rādha Māradhammo tatra te chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
SN_3,23(2).37-38 (3-4) Aniccam (1-2)
4-6 Yaṃ kho Rādha aniccaṃ || ||
4-6 Yo kho Rādha aniccadhammo || ||
[page 201]
XXIII. 46. 7] UPANISINNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 201
SN_3,23(2).39-40 (5-6) Dukkhaṃ (1-2)
4-6 Yaṃ kho Rādha dukkhaṃ || ||
4-6 Yaṃ kho Rādha dukkhadhammaṃ ||
SN_3,23(2).41-42 (7-8) Anatta (1-2)
4-6 Yo kho Rādha anattā ||
4-6 Yo kho Rādha anattadhammo ||
SN_3,23(2).43-45 (9-11) Khaya-Vaya-Samudaya
4-6 Yo kho Rādha khayadhammo ||
4-6 Yo kho Rādha vayadhammo ||
4-6 Yo kho Rādha samudayadhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabboti ||
SN_3,23(2).46 (12) Nirodhadhamma
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || || Yo kho Rādha nirodhadhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ko ca Rādha nirodhadhammo || ||
4-6 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha nirodhadhammo || tatra te chando pahātabbo || tatra te rāgo pahātabbo || tatra te chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
Viññāṇaṃ nirodhadhammo || tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
7 Yo kho Rādha nirodhadhammo || tatra te chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||
Upanisinnavaggo catuttho || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Māro ca Māradhammo ca || Aniccā aparena dve ||
Dukkhaṃ ca dve vuttā || dve Anattehi aṭṭhamaṃ ||
Khaya-Vaya-Samudayaṃ || Nirodhadhammena dvādasāti || ||
Rādha-Saṃyuttam ||
[page 202]
202 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 1. 1-2
BOOK III DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM
CHAPTER I SOTĀPATTIVAGGO
SN_3,24(3).1 (1) Vātam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi upajjati || Na vātā vāyanti na najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na candimasūriyā udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante || pe || ||
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || Na vātā vāyanti na najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na candimasūriyā udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāyasati || || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
8 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || {Na} vātā vāyanti na najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na candimasūriyā udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā || ||
9 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkham vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evam diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Na vātā vāyanti na najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo pi jāyanti na candimasūriyā udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
[page 203]
XXIV. 2. 3] SOTĀPATTIVAGGO 203
No hetam bhante || ||
10-12 Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
13 Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya || Na vātā vāyanti ||
na najjo sandanti || na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na candimasūriyā udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Yam pidam diṭṭhaṃ sutam mutaṃ viññātam pattam pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccam vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeya || Na vātā vāyanti na najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na candimasūriyā udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhasamudaye pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhanirodhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti ||
SN_3,24(3).2 (2) Etam mamam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
[page 204]
204 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 2. 4
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
8 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
9 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || la || ||
10-12 Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
13 Viññāṇam niccam aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pa ||
Api nu tam upādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Yam pidaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sutam mutam viññātam pattam pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ va aniccaṃ vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukkhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || la || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).3 (3) So attā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati So attā so loko so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammoti || ||
[page 205]
XXIV. 4. 4] SOTĀPATTIVAGGO 205
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati So attā so loko so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
8 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || So attā so loko so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo || ||
9-13 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evam diṭṭhi uppajjeyya So attā ||
la || avipariṇāmadhammo ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Yam pidaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sutam mutaṃ viññātam pattam pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya So attā so loko so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammoti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || pe || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyanoti || ||
SN_3,24(3).4 (4) No ca me siyā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati No cassaṃ no ca me siyā na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatīti || ||
3 Bhagavaṃ-mūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati No cassaṃ no ca me siyā na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatīti
[page 206]
206 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 4. 5-7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
8 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati No cassaṃ no ca me siyā na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatīti || ||
9 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || || pe ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya No cassaṃ no ca me siyā na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10-13 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkharā || Viññāṇam || ||
14 Yam pidaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātam pattam pariyesitam anuviracitam manasā tam pi niccaṃ va aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || || pe ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evam diṭṭhi uppajjeyya No cassaṃ no ca me siyā na bhavissami na me bhavissatīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkha pahīnā hoti || pe || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipādāya pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).5 (5) Natthi
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Natthi dinnam natthi yiṭṭhaṃ natthi hutaṃ natthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṃ kammānam phalaṃ vipāko natthi ayaṃ loko natthi paraloko natthi mātā natthi pitā natthi sattā opapātikā natthi loke samaṇa-brāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammā paṭipannā ye imañca lokam paraṃ ca lokaṃ sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedenti || || Catummahābhūtiko ayam puriso yadā kālaṃ karoti pathavīpathavīkāyam anupeti anupagacchati
[page 207]
XXIV. 5. 10-13] SOTĀPATTIVAGGO 207
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || āpoāpokāyam anupeti anupagacchati || tejo tejokāyam anupeti anupagacchati || vāyovāyokāyam anupeti anupagacchati || ākāsam indriyāni saṅkamanti āyanti pañcamā purisā matam ādāya gacchanti yāvā āḷāhanāpādāni paññāyanti kāpotakāni atthīni bhavanti bhasmantāhūtiyo dattupaññattam idaṃ dānaṃ nāma tesaṃ tucchaṃ musāvilāpo ye keci atthikavādaṃ vadanti bāle ca paṇḍite ca kāyassa bhedā ucchijjanti vinassanti na honti param maraṇā ti || ||
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi upajjati || Natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭhaṃ || pe || kāyassa bhedā ucchijjanti vinassanti na honti param maraṇā || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
8 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭhaṃ || pe ||
Kāyassa bhedā ucchijjanti vinassanti na honti param maraṇā || ||
9 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || Rūpam niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evam diṭṭhi uppajjeyya natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭhaṃ || pa || kāyassa bhedā ucchijjanti vinassanti na honti param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10-13 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pe || ||
Dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evam diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭhaṃ || pe ||
[page 208]
208 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 5. 14
kāyassa bhedā ucchijjanti vinassanti na honti param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Yam pidaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattam pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || || pe || ||
Dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭhaṃ || pa ||
ye keci atthikavādaṃ vadanti bāle ca paṇḍite ca kāyassa bhedā ucchijjanti vinassanti na honti param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || pe || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).6 (6) Karoto
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Karato kārayato chindato chedāpayato vadhato vadhāpayato socato socayato kilamato kilamapāyato phandato phandāpayato pāṇam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiṃ chindato nillopam harato ekāgārikaṃ karonto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṃ gacchato musābhaṇato karato na kariyati pāpaṃ || || Khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalam ekam maṃsapuñjam kareyya || natthi tato nidānam pāpaṃ natthi pāpassa āgamo || || Dakkhiṇam ce pi Gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento
[page 209]
XXIV. 6. 16] SOTĀPATTIVAGGO 209
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
natthi tato nidānam pāpaṃ natthi pāpassa āgamo || ||
Uttaraṃ ce pi Gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento || natthi tato nidānam puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo || dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo ti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || Karato kārayato || pa || natthi puññaṃ natthi puññāssa āgamo || ||
6-8 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
9 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || || Karato kārayato || pe || natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ va ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pe || ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Karato kārayato || pe || natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo ti || ||
No hetam bhante ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ || ||
15 Yam pidaṃ diṭṭham sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattam pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccam vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Karato kārayato || pa || natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
16 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti ||
pe || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
[page 210]
210 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 7. 1-2
SN_3,24(3).7 (7) Hetu
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || || Natthi hetu natthi paccayo sattānaṃ saṅkilesāya || ahetu-apaccayā sattā saṃkilissanti || || Natthi hetu natthi paccayo sattānaṃ vissuddhiyā || ahetu-apaccayā sattā visujjhanti || || Natthi balam natthi viriyaṃ natthi purisathāmo natthi purisaparakkamo || sabbe sattā sabbe pāṇā sabbe bhūtā sabbe jīvā avasā abalā aviriyā niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇatā chasvevābhijātisu sukhadukkham {paṭisaṃvedentīti} || ||
3 {Bhagavaṃmūlakā} no bhante dhammā || ||
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Natthi hetu natthi paccayo la || sukhadukkhaṃ {patiaṃventīti} || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
8 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || || Natthi hetu natthi paccayo || pe ||
sukhadukkham paṭisaṃvedentīti || ||
9 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pe || vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya || Natthi hetu natthi paccayo || pe || sukhadukkham paṭisaṃvedentīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10-13 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhāra || Viññāṇaṃ || ||
14 Yam pidam diṭṭhaṃ sutam mutaṃ viññātam pattam pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pe || dukkham vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya ||
natthi hetu natthi paccayo || pa || sukhadukkham paṭisaṃvedentīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu thānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti
[page 211]
XXIV. 8. 5] SOTĀPATTIVAGGO 211
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || pe || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako || pe ||
sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).8 (8) (Mahā) Diṭṭhena
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || || Sattime kāyā akaṭā akaṭavidhā animmitā animmātā vañjhā kuṭaṭṭhā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā te na iñjanti na vipariṇāmenti na aññamaññam vyābādhenti || nālam aññamaññassa sukhāya vā dukkhāya vā sukhadukkhāya vā || ||
3 Katame satta || || Pathavīkāyo apokāyo tejokāyo vāyokāyo || sukhe dukkhe jīve || || Sattime kāyā akaṭā akaṭavidhā animmitā animmātā vañjhā kuṭaṭṭhā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā te na iñjanti na vipariṇāmenti na aññamaññaṃ vyābādhenti || nālam aññamaññāssa sukhāya vā dukkhāya vā sukhadukkhāya vā || ||
4 Yo pi tiṇhena satthena sīsaṃ chindati na koci taṃ jīvitā voropeti || sattannaṃ tveva kāyānam antarena sattham vivaram anupavisati || ||
5 Cuddasa kho panimāni yonipamukhasatasahassāni saṭṭhi ca satāni cha ca satāni || pañca kammasatāni pañca ca kammāni tīni ca kammāni kamme ca aḍḍhakamme ca dvaṭṭhipaṭipadā dvaṭṭhantarakappā chaḷābhijātiyo aṭṭhapurisabhūmiyo ekūnapaññāsa ājīvakasate ekūnapaññāsa paribbājakasate ekūnapaññāsanāgavāsasate vīse indriyasate tiṃse niriyasate chattiṃsa rajodhātuyo satta saññīgabbhā satta asaññīgabbhā satta nigaṇṭhigabbhā satta dibbā satta mānusā satta pesācā satta sarā satta pavudhā satta papātā satta ca papātasatāni satta supinā satta ca supinasatāni cullāsīti mahākappuno satasahassāni bāle ca paṇḍite ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti
[page 212]
212 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 8. 6
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
6 Tattha natthi Imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā aparipakkaṃ vā kammam paripācessami paripakkaṃ vā kammam phussa phussa vyantikarissamīti hevam natthi || doṇamite sukhadukkhe pariyantakate saṃsāre natthi hāyanavaḍḍhane natthi ukkhaṃsāvakaṃse || ||
7 Seyyathāpi nāma suttaguḷe khitte nibbeṭhiyamānam eva paleti evam evam bāle ca paṇḍite ca nibbeṭhiyamānā sukhadukkham palentīti || ||
8 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
9 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpaṃ upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Sattime kāyā akaṭā akaṭavidhā ||pe || || sukhadukkham palentīti || ||
10-16 Vedanāya sati || ||
17-22 Saññāya sati || ||
23-28 Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
29-34 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || || Sattime kāyā akaṭā akaṭavidhā || pe || || sukhadukkham palenti || ||
35-40 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ viparināmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Sattime kāyā akaṭā akaṭavidhā || pa || sukhaṃ dukkham palentīti || ||
[page 213]
XXIV. 9. 14] SOTĀPATTIVAGGO 213
No hetam bhante || ||
41-46 Yam pi diṭṭhaṃ sutam mutaṃ viññātam pattam pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Sattime kāyā akaṭā akaṭavidhā || la || nibbeṭhiyamānā sukhadukkham palentīti || ||
47 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhapissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || la || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).9 (9) Sassato loko
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Sassato loko ti || ||
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati Sassato loko ti || ||
5-8 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu sati || || Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Sassato loko ti || ||
9 Tam kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante || || pe || ||
Dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evam diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Sassato loko ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10-13 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ || ||
14 Yam pidaṃ diṭṭham sutam mutaṃ viññātam pattam pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || || pe || ||
[page 214]
214 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 9. 15
Dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Sassato loko ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || la || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).10 (10) Asassato loko
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Asassato loko ti || ||
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
4-13 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati || pa || Viññāṇaṃ niccam aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pa || ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Asassato loko ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Yam pi diṭṭhaṃ sutam mutaṃ viññātam pattam pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ va aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Dukkham vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Asassato loko ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa || || pe || ||
niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).11 (11) Antavā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Antavā loko ti || ||
3-15 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || la || niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
[page 215]
XXIV. 17. 1-2] SOTĀPITTIVAGGO 215
SN_3,24(3).12 (12) Anantavā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim ābhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Anantavā loko ti || ||
3-15 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || || la || niyato samparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).13 (13) Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīram
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sariranti || ||
3-15 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || || pa || niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).14 (14) Aññam jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīsaṃ
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīranti || ||
3-15 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || la || niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).15 (15) Hoti tathāgato
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃdiṭṭhi uppajjati Hoti Tathāgato param maranā ti || ||
3-15 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pa || niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).16 (16) Na hoti Tathāgato
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃditthi uppajjati Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
3-15 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pa || niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).17 (17) Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti
[page 216]
216 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 17. 3-15
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
3-15 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pa || niyato saṃbodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).18 (18) Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kiṃ upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
4-8 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇa ti || pa || ||
9 Tam kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccam vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pe ||
Dukkham vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10-13 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ || ||
14 Yam pidaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātam pattam pariyesitam anuvicāritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā tam sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Yato ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti ||
dukkhasamudaye pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhanirodhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
[page 217]
XXIV. 19. 10-15] PURIMAGAMANAM 217
Sotāpanno ariyasāvakābhavayoni-aṭṭhārasasuttantaṃ niṭṭhitam || ||
Uddānam bhavati || ||
Vātam Etammamaṃ
So attā No ca me siyā
Natthi Karoto Hetu ca
Mahādiṭṭhena ca aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
Sassato loko ca Assato ca Antavā ca
Anantavā ca Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti
Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sariranti ca
Hoti tathāgato parammaraṇā ti
Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
CHAPTER II,1 PURIMAGAMANAM (aṭṭhārasa-veyyākaraṇāni)
SN_3,24(3).19 (1) Vātā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra -- voca || ||
3 Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kiṃ upādāya kim abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || Na vātā vāyanti na najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na candimasūriyā udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitāti || ||
4 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Na vātā vāyanti || pa || esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati Na vātā vāyanti || pe || esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
10-15 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
[page 218]
218 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 19. 16
Aniccam bhante || pe || ||
Vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Na vātā vāyanti || pe || esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
No hetam bhante Iti kho bhikkhave dukkhe sati dukkham upādāya dukkham abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Na vātā vāyanti na najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na candimasūriyā udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).20-35 (2-17)
Purimagamanāhi aṭṭhārasaveyyākaraṇāni vitthārānīti || ||
SN_3,24(3).36 (18) Neva hoti na na hoti
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kiṃ abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
4 {Bhagavaṃmūlakā} no bhante dhammā || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Neva hoti tathāgato na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || || pe || ||
CAHPTER II,2 DUTIYAGAMANAM (or Dutiyavāro)
SN_3,24(3).37 (19) Rūpī attā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati
[page 219]
XXIV. 41. 3] DUTIYAGAMANAM 219
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Rūpī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
4 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Rūpī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || pe || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || Rūpī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
10 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pa || ||
Vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Rūpī attā {hoti} arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || pa || No hetam bhante || ||
15 Iti kho bhikkhave dukkhe sati dukkham upādāya dukkham abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati Rūpī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).38 (20) Arūpī attā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Arūpī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || || peyyālo || ||
SN_3,24(3).39 (21) Rūpī ca arūpī ca
3 Rūpī ca arūpī ca attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).40 (22) Neva rūpī nārūpī
3 Neva rūpī nārūpī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).41 (23) Ekantasukhī
3 Ekantasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
[page 220]
220 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 42. 3
SN_3,24(3).42 (24) Ekantadukkhī
3 Ekantadukkhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).43 (25) Sukhadukkhī
3 Sukkhadukkhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).44 (26) Adukkhamasukhī
3 Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
10 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || pe || vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya || Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Iti kho bhikkhave dukkhe sati dukkham upādāya dukkham abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Adukkham asukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || pe || vipariṇāmadhammam api nu taṃ anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Iti kho bhikkhave dukkhe sati dukkham upādāya dukkham abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Adukkham asukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || || Dutiya-peyyālo || ||
Uddānaṃ || ||
Vātaṃ Etammamaṃ So attā No ca me siyā Natthi Karoto Hetuyā Mahādiṭṭhena aṭṭhamaṃ -- Sassato Asassato ceva Antānantā ca vuccati -- Taṃjīvam Aññaṃjīvañca Tathāgatena cattāro Rūpī attā hoti Arūpī ca attā hoti Rūpī cā arūpī ca attā hoti Neva rūpī nārūpī attā hoti Ekantasukhī attā hoti Ekantadukkhī attā hoti Sukhadukkhī attā hoti Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maranā ti -- Ime chabbīsati suttā dutiyavārena desitā
[page 221]
XXIV. 46-69] TATIYAGAMANAM 221
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
CHAPTER II,3 TATIYAGAMANAM
SN_3,24(3).45 (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Na vātā vāyanti na najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti || na candimasūriyā udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati Na vātā vāyanti || pe || || esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || Na vātā vāyanti ||
pe || esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || pe || || vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Na vātā vāyanti || pe ||
esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Iti kho bhikkhave yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ tasmiṃ sati tad upādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Na vātā vāyanti ||
pe || esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).46-69 (2-25)
Evaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ || ||
[page 222]
222 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 70. 1-3
SN_3,24(3).70 (26)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā ti || pe || vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya || Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Iti kho bhikkhave yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || tasmiṃ sati tad upādāya tam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati ||
Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam niccaṃ vā ti || pe || vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāyā evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Adukkham asukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Iti kho bhikkhave yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || tasmiṃ sati tad upādāya tam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati ||
Adukkham asukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
Tatiyo peyyālo || || Chabbīsati suttantā vitthāretabbā || ||
CHAPTER II,4 CATUTTHAGAMANAM
SN_3,24(3).71 (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || ||
Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Na vātā vāyanti na najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na candimasuriyā udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti
[page 223]
XXIV. 96. 6-9] CATUTTHAGAMANAM 223
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
4 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || || Na vātā vāyanti || pa || esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Na vāta vāyanti || pe || esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || pe || vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkharā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || pe || vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Tasmātiha bhikkhave yaṃkiñci rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇitaṃ vā yam dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ Netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti ||
evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammapaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
16 Evaṃ passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,24(3).96 (26)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || || Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
[page 224]
224 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 96. 10
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pe || || vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || pe || vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu tam samanupassitum Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
15 Tasmātiha bhikkhave yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā pahīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbam ||
16-19 Yā kāci vedanā || Yā kāci saññā || Ye keci saṅkhārā || Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītanāgatapaccuppannaṃ ||
pe || sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
20 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmiṃ nibbindati vedanāya nibbindati saññāya nibbindati saṅkhāresu nibbindati viññāṇasmiṃ nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati vumuttasmi vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karanīyam nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāmīti || ||
Purimagamanaṃ aṭṭhārasa veyyākaraṇā [ni] ||
Dutiyagamanaṃ chabbīsaṃ vitthāretabbāni ||
Tatiyagamanaṃ chabbīsaṃ vitthāretabbāni ||
Catutthagamanaṃ chabbīsaṃ vitthāretabbāni || ||
Diṭṭhi-saṃyuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ || ||
[page 225]
XXV. 2. 1-3] OKKANTIKA-SAṂYUTTA 225
BOOK IV OKKANTIKA-SAṂYUTTA
SN_3,25(4).1 Cakkhu
1-2 Sāvatthi || pe || || Tatra || pe || voca ||
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ vipariṇāmim aññathābhāvi || Sotam aniccaṃ vipariṇāmim aññathābhāvi || Ghānam aniccaṃ vipariṇāmim aññathābhāvi || Jivhā aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || Kāyo anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || Mano anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || ||
4 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme evaṃ saddahati adhimuccati || ayaṃ vuccati saddhānusārī okkanto sammattaniyāmaṃ sappurisabhūmim okkanto vītivatto puthujjanabhūmiṃ || abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ yaṃ kammaṃ katvā nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayonim vā pettivisayaṃ vā uppajjeyya || abhabbo ca tāva kālaṃ kātuṃ yāva na sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchikaroti || ||
5 Yassa kho bhikkhave ime dhammā evam paññāya mattaso nijjhānaṃ khamanti || ayaṃ vuccati dhammānusārī okkanto sammattaniyāmaṃ sappurisabhūmim okkanto vītivatto puthujjanabhūmiṃ || abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātum yaṃ kammaṃ katvā nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā uppajjeyya || abhabbo ca tāva kālaṃ kātuṃ yāva na sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchikaroti || ||
6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme evaṃ jānāti passati ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,25(4).2 Rūpa
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Rūpā bhikkhave aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || saddā aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino ||
gandhā aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || rasā aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || phoṭṭhabbā aniccā vipariṇāmino aññāthābhāvino || dhammā aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || ||
[page 226]
226 OKKANTIKA-SAṂYUTTA [XXV. 2. 4
4 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme evaṃ saddahati adhimuccati || ayaṃ vuccati saddānusārī okkanto sammattaniyāmaṃ sappurisabhūmiṃ okkanto vītivatto puthujjanabhūmiṃ || abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ yaṃ kammaṃ katvā nirayaṃ vā tiracchāyoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā uppajjeyya || abhabbo ca tāva kālaṃ kātuṃ yāva na sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchikaroti || ||
5 Yassa kho bhikkhave ime dhammā || -yāva na sotapattiphalaṃ sacchi karoti || ||
6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme evaṃ jānāti evam passati || ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,25(4).3 Viññāṇam
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cakkhuviññāṇam bhikkhave aniccam vipariṇāmiṃ aññathābhāvi || || Sotaviññāṇam || || Ghānaviññāṇaṃ || || Jivhāviññāṇaṃ || || Kāyaviññāṇaṃ || Manoviññāṇaṃ aniccam vipariṇāmiṃ aññathābhāvi || ||
4-6 Yo bhikkhave || la || sambodhiparāyano ti ||
SN_3,25(4).4 Phasso
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cakkhusamphasso bhikkhave anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || || Sotasamphasso || || Ghānasamphasso || || Jivhāsamphasso || || Kāyasamphasso || || Manosamphasso anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || ||
4-6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme || pe || sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,25(4).5 Vedanāya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cakkhusamphassajā bhikkhave vedanā aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || Sotasamphassajā vedanā ||
pa || || Jivhāsamphassajā vedanā || pa || Manosamphassajā vedanā aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || ||
4-6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme || pe || sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
[page 227]
XXV. 10. 4] OKKANTIKA-SAṂYUTTA 227
SN_3,25(4).6 Saññā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Rūpasaññā bhikkhave aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || || Saddasaññā || || Gandhasaññā || || Rasasaññā || || Poṭṭhabbasaññā || || Dhammasaññā aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || ||
4-6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme || pe || sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,25(4).7 Cetanā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Rūpasañcetanā bhikkhave aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || || Saddasañcetanā || Gandhasañcetanā || Rasasañcetanā || Poṭṭhabbasañcetanā || Dhammasañcetanā aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || ||
4-6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme || pe || sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,25(4).8 Taṇhā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Rūpataṇhā bhikkhave aniccā vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvī || || Saddataṇhā || Gandhataṇhā || || Rasataṇhā || Phoṭṭhabbataṇhā || Dhammataṇhā aniccā viparināmī aññathābhāvī || ||
4-6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme || pe || saṃbodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,25(4).9 Dhātu
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Pathavīdhātu bhikkhave aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || || Āpodhātu || || Tejodhātu || || Vāyodhātu || || Ākāsadhātu aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || ||
4-6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme || pe || sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,25(4).10 Khandhena
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Rūpaṃ bhikkhave aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi || || Vedanā aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī ||
Sañña aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathabhāvī || Viññāṇam aniccam vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi || ||
4 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme evaṃ saddahati adhimuccuti ayaṃ vuccati saddhānusārī okkanto sammattaniyāmaṃ sappurisabhūmiṃ okkanto vītivatto puthujjanabhūmiṃ
[page 228]
228 OKKANTIKA-SAṂYUTTA [XXV. 10. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ yaṃ kammaṃ katvā nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā uppajjeyya || abhabbo ca tāva kālaṃ kātuṃ yāva na sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchikaroti || ||
5 Yassa kho bhikkhave ime dhamme evaṃ paññāya mattaso nijjhānaṃ khamanti || ayaṃ vuccati dhammānusārī okkanto sammattaniyāmam sappurisabhumiṃ okkanto vītivatto puthujjanabhūmiṃ || abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ yaṃ kammaṃ katvā nirayaṃ vā tiracchayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā uppajjeyya || abhabbo ca tāva kālaṃ kātuṃ yāva na sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchikaroti || ||
6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme evam jānāti evam passati ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
Okkantika-saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Cakkhu Rūpañca Viññāṇaṃ ||
Phasso Vedanāya ca ||
Saññā Cetanā Taṇhā ||
Dhātu Khandhena te dasā ti || ||
BOOK V UPPĀDA-SAṂYUTTA
SN_3,26(5).1 Cakkhu
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave cakkhussa uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo || dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
4-7 Yo sotassa || Yo ghānassa || Yo jivhāya || Yo kāyassa || ||
8 Yo manassa uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo ||
[page 229]
XXVI. 3. 9-14] UPPĀDA-SAṂYUTTA 229
dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
9 Yo ca bhikkhave cakkhussa nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo || dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo || ||
10-13 Yo sotassa nirodho || || Yo ghānassa nirodho || || Yo jivhāya nirodho || Yo kāyassa nirodho || ||
14 Yo manassa nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo || dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).2 Rūpam
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpānam uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo || dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo ||
4-8 Yo saddānaṃ || || Yo gandhānaṃ || Yo rasānaṃ || ||
Yo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ || || Yo dhammānam uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
9 Yo bhikkhave rūpānaṃ nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo || ||
10-13 Yo saddānaṃ || || Yo gandhānaṃ || Yo rasānaṃ ||
Yo poṭṭhabbānaṃ || ||
14 Yo dhammānaṃ nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).3 Viññāṇam
1-8 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave cakkhuviññāṇassa uppādo ṭhiti || pe || Yo manoviññānassa uppādo ṭhiti || pe || jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
9-14 Yo ca kho bhikkhave cakkhuviññāṇassa nirodho ||
pe || Yo manoviññāṇassa nirodho || pe || jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
[page 230]
230 UPPĀDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXVI. 4. 1-8
SN_3,26(5).4 Phasso
1-8 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave cakkhusamphassassa uppādo ṭhiti || pe || Yo manosamphassassa uppādo ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
9-14 Yo ca kho bhikkhave cakkhusamphassassa nirodho ||
pe || Yo manosamphassassa nirodho || pe || jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).5 Vedanāya
1-8 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave cakkhusamphassajāya vedanāya uppādo ṭhiti || pe || Yo manasamphassajāya vedanāya uppādo ṭhiti || pe || jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
9-14 Yo ca kho bhikkhave cakkhusamphassajāya vedanāya nirodho vūpasamo || pe || Yo manosamphassajāya vedanāya nirodho vūpasamo || pe || jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).6 Saññāya
1-8 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpasaññāya uppādo ṭhiti || pe || Yo dhammasaññāya uppādo ṭhiti || pe || jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
9-14 Yo ca kho bhikkhave rūpasaññāya nirodho || pe ||
Yo dhammasaññāya nirodho vūpasamo || pe || jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).7 Cetanā
1-8 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpasañcetanāya uppādo ṭhiti || pe || Yo dhammasañcetanāya uppādo ṭhiti || pe || jarā{maraṇassa} pātubhāvo || ||
9-14 Yo ca kho bhikkhave rūpasañcetanāya nirodho vūpasamo || pe || Yo dhammasañcetanāya nirodho vūpasamo ||
jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).8 Taṇhā
1-8 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpataṇhāya uppādo ṭhiti || pe || Yo dhammataṇhāya uppādo ṭhiti || pe || jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
[page 231]
XXVI. 10. 12] UPPĀDA-SAṂYUTTA 231
9-14 Yo ca kho bhikkhave rūpataṇhāya nirodho vūpasamo || pe || || Yo dhammataṇhāya nirodho vūpasamo || ||
jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).9 Dhātu
1-8 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave pathavīdhātuyā uppādo ṭhiti || pe || || Yo āpodhātuyā || || Yo tejodhātuyā || || Yo vāyodhātuyā || Yo ākāsadhātuyā || Yo viññāṇadhātuyā uppādo ṭhiti || pe || jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
9-14 Yo ca kho bhikkhave paṭhavīdhātuyā nirodho vūpasamo || pe || || Yo viññāṇadhātuyā nirodho vūpasamo || pe ||
jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).10 Khandhena
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo kho bhikkhave rūpassa uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
4-6 Yo vedanāya || Yo saññāya || Yo saṅkhārānaṃ || ||
7 Yo viññāṇassa uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
8 Yo ca bhikkhave rūpassa nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo || ||
9-11 Yo vedanāya || || Yo saññāya || || Yo saṅkhārānaṃ || ||
12 Yo viññāṇassa nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo || dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
Uppāda-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Cakkhu {Rūpañca} Viññāṇaṃ ||
Phasso ca Vedanāya ca ||
Saññāya || Cetanā || Taṇhā ||
Dhātu Khandhena te dasā ti || ||
[page 232]
232 KILESA-SAṂYUTTA [XXVII. 1. 1-2
BOOK VI KILESA-SAṂYUTTA
SN_3,27(6).1 Cakkhu
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || pe || etad avoca || ||
3 Yo bhikkhave cakkhusmiṃ chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
4-7 Yo sotasmiṃ chandarāgo || || Yo ghānasmiṃ chandarāgo || Yo jivhāya chandarāgo || Yo kāyasmiṃ chandarāgo ||
8 Yo manasmiṃ chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno imesu chasu ṭhānesu cetaso upakkileso pahīno hoti || nekkhammaninnam cassa cittaṃ hoti || nekkhammaparibhāvitaṃ cittam kammaniyam khāyati abhiññā sacchikaraṇiyesu dhammesūti || ||
SN_3,27(6).2 Rūpam
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpesu chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
4-8 Yo saddesu || || Yo gandhesu || || Yo rasesu || || Yo poṭṭhabbesu || || Yo dhammesu chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno imesu chasu ṭhānesu cetaso upakkileso pahīno hoti || nekkhammaninnaṃ cassa cittaṃ hoti || nekkhammaparibhāvitaṃ cittam kammaniyaṃ khāyati abhiññā sacchikaraṇīyesu dhammesū ti || ||
SN_3,27(6).3 Viññāṇam
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave cakkhuviññāṇasmiṃ chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
4-8 Yo sotaviññāṇasmiṃ || Yo ghānaviññāṇasmiṃ || Yo jivhāviññāṇasmiṃ || Yo kāyaviññānasmiṃ || Yo manoviññāṇasmiṃ chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno imesu chasu ṭhānesu cetaso upakkileso pahīno hoti || nekkhammaninnaṃ cassa cittaṃ hoti nekkhammaparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃkammaniyaṃ khāyati abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyesu dhammesūti
[page 233]
XXVII. 7. 4-8] KILESA-SAṂYUTTA 233
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
SN_3,27(6).4 Phasso
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave cakkhusamphassasmiṃ chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
4-8 Yo sotasamphassasmiṃ || Yo ghānasamphassasmiṃ ||
Yo jivhāsamphassasmiṃ || Yo kāyasamphassasmiṃ || Yo manosamphassasmiṃ chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno || pe || abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyesu dhammesūti || ||
SN_3,27(6).5 Vedanāya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave cakkhusamphassajāya vedanāya chandarāgo citasseso upakkileso || ||
4-8 Yo sotasamphassajāya vedanāya || || Yo ghānasamphassajāya vedanāya || Yo jivhāsamphassajāya vedanāya ||
Yo kāyasamphassajāya vedanāya || Yo manasamphassajāya vedanāya chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno || pe || abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyesu dhammesūti || ||
SN_3,27(6).6 Saññāya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpasaññāya chandarāgo citasseso upakkileso || ||
4-8 Yo saddasaññāya || || Yo gandhasaññāya || || Yo rasasaññāya || || Yo poṭṭhabbasaññāya || Yo dhammasaññāya chandarāgo citasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno || pe || abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyesu dhammesūti || ||
SN_3,27(6).7 Cetanā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpasañcetanāya chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
4-8 Yo saddasañcetanāya || || Yo gandhasañcetanāya ||
[page 234]
234 KILESA-SAṂYUTTA [XXVII. 7. 9
Yo rasasañcetanāya || || Yo phoṭṭhabbasañcetanāya || Yo dhammasañcetanāya chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno || pe || abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyesu dhammesūti || ||
SN_3,27(6).8 Taṇhā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpataṇhāya chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
4-8 Yo saddataṇhāya || Yo gandhataṇhāya || Yo rasataṇhāya || Yo phoṭṭhabbataṇhāya || Yo dhammataṇhāya chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno || pe || abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyesu dhammesūti || ||
SN_3,27(6).9 Dhātu.
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave pathavidhātuyā chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso ||
4-8 Yo āpodhātuya || Yo tejodhātuyā || Yo vāyodhātuya ||
Yo ākāsadhātuyā || Yo viññāṇadhātuyā chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno imesu chasu ṭhānesu cetaso upakkileso pahīno hoti || nekkhammaninnaṃ cassa cittaṃ hoti nekkhamma paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kammaniyaṃ khāyati abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyesu dhammesūti || ||
SN_3,27(6).10 Khandena
1-7 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpasmiṃ chandarāgo cittasseso uppakileso || la || Yo viññāṇasmiṃ chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
8 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno imesu pañcasu ṭhānesu cetaso upakkileso pahīno hoti || nekkhammaninnaṃ cassa cittaṃ hoti || nekkhammaparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kammaniyaṃ khāyati abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyesu dhammesūti || ||
Kilesa-saṃyuttam || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
[page 235]
XXVIII. 1. 7] SĀRIPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA 235
Cakkhu Rūpañca Viññāṇaṃ ||
Phasso ca Vedanāya ca ||
Saññāya Cetanā Taṇhā ||
Dhātu Khandhena te dasā ti || ||
BOOK VII SĀRIPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA
SN_3,28(7).1 Vivekam
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Sāriputto Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthim piṇḍāya pāvisi || ||
3 Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkhanto yena andhavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami divāvihārāya || ||
4 Andhavanam ajjhogahetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāram nisīdi || ||
5 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallāṇā vuṭṭhito yena Jetavanam Ānāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkami || ||
6 Addasā kho āyasmā Ānando āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtaṃ durato va āgacchantam || disvāna āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Vippasannāṇi kho te āvuso Sāriputta indriyāni parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto || katamenāyasmā Sāriputto ajja vihārena vihāsīti || ||
7 Idhāham āvuso vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajam pītisukham pathamajjhānam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso na evaṃ hoti Aham pathamajjhānaṃ samāpajjāmīti vā Aham pathamajjhānam samāpanno ti vā Aham pathamajjhānā vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
[page 236]
236 SĀRIPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA [XXVIII. 1. 8
8 Tathā hi panāyasmato Sāriputtassa dīgharattaṃ ahaṃkāra-mamaṃkāra-mānānusayā susamūhatā || tasmā āyasmato Sāriputtassa na evaṃ hoti Aham pathamajjhānaṃ samāpajjāmīti vā Aham pathamajjhānaṃ samāpanno ti vā. Ahaṃ pathamajjhānā vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,28(7).2 Avitakkam
1-5 Sāvatthi || || Taṃ yeva nidānaṃ ||
6 Addasā kho āyasmā Ānando āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtaṃ dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || disvāna āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Vippasannāni kho te avuso Sāriputta indriyāni parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto || katamenāyasmā Sāriputto ajja vihārena vihāsīti || ||
7 Idhāham āvuso vitakkavicārānam vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādānaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijam pītisukhaṃ dutiyajjhānam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso na evaṃ hoti Ahaṃ dutiyajjhānam samāpajjāmīti vā Ahaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ samāpanno ti vā Aham dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
8 Tathā hi panāyasmato Sāriputtassa dīgharattam ahaṃkāra-mamaṃkāra-mānānusayā susamūhatā || tasmā āyasmato Sāriputtassa na evaṃ hoti Ahaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ samāpajjāmīti vā Ahaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ samāpannoti vā Ahaṃ dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,28(7).3 Pīti
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Addasā kho āyasmā Ānando || pe ||
vippasannāni kho te āvuso Sāriputta indriyāni parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto || katamenāyasmā Sāriputto ajja vihārena vihāsīti || ||
7-8 Idhāham āvuso pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharāmi sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedemi yantaṃ ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti tatiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi
[page 237]
XXVIII. 7. 7-8] SĀRIPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA 237
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || so yeva peyyālo || ||
SN_3,28(7).4 Upekkhā
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Addasā kho āyasmā Ānando || pe ||
Vippasannāni kho te āvuso Sāriputta indriyāni parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto || katamenāyasmā Sāriputto ajja vihārena vihāsīti || ||
7 Idhāham āvuso sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassa-domanassānam atthagamā adukkham asukham upekkhā satipārisuddhim catutthaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || ||
8 Tassa mayham || pe || vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,28(7).5 Ākāsa
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Addasā kho āyasmā Ānando || pe || ||
7-8 Idhāham āvuso sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānam atthagamā nānattasaññānam amanasikārā Ananto ākāso ti ākāsañcāyatanam upasampajja vihārāmi || pa || vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,28(7).6 Viññāṇaṃ
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Addasā kho āyasmā Ānando || pe || ||
7-8 Idhāham āvuso sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma Anantaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || || pa || vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,28(7).7 Akiñcañña
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto || pe || ||
7-8 Idhāham āvuso sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma Natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || pe || vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
[page 238]
238 SĀRIPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA [XXVIII. 8. 1-6
SN_3,28(7).8 Saññī
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto || pe || ||
7-8 Idhāham āvuso sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || || pe || || vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,28(7).9 Nirodho
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto || pa || ||
7 Idhāham āvuso sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodham upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayhaṃ āvuso na evaṃ hoti Aham saññavedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjāmīti vā Aham saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno ti vā Ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhā vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
8 Tathāhi panāyasmato Sāriputtassa dīgharattam ahaṃkāra-mamaṃkāra-mānānusayā susamūhatā || tasmā āyasmato Sāriputtassa evaṃ hoti Ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjāmīti vā Ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno ti vā Ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhā vuṭṭhito hoti vā ti || ||
SN_3,28(7).10 Sucimukhī
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Rājagahe piṇḍāya pāvisi || Rājagahe sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā taṃ piṇḍapātam aññataraṃ kuḍḍam nissāya paribhuñjati || ||
3 Atha kho Sucimukhī paribbājikā yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || ||
4 Kiṃ nu kho samaṇa adhomukho bhuñjasīti || ||
Na khvāham bhagini adhomukho bhuñjāmīti || ||
5 Tena hi samaṇa ubbhamukho bhuñjāsīti || ||
Na khvāham bhagini ubbhamukho bhuñjāmīti || ||
[page 239]
XXVIII. 10. 13] SĀRIPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA 239
6 Tena hi samaṇa disāmukho bhuñjasīti || ||
Na khvāham bhagini disāmukho bhuñjāmīti || ||
7 Tenahi samaṇa vidisāmukho bhuñjasīti || ||
Na khvāham bhagini vidisāmukho bhuñjāmīti || ||
8 Kiṃ nu samaṇa Adhomukho bhuñjasīti iti puṭṭho samāno Na khvāhaṃ bhagini adhomukho bhuñjāmīti vadesi || tena hi samaṇa Ubbhamukho bhuñjasīti iti puṭṭho samāno Na khvāham bhagini ubbhamukho bhuñjāmīti vadesi ||tena hi samaṇa Disāmukho bhuñjasīti iti puṭṭho samāno Na khvāham bhagini disāmukho bhuñjāmīti vadesi ||
tena hi samaṇa Vidisāmukho bhuñjasīti iti puṭṭho samāno Na khvāham bhagini vidisāmukho bhuñjāmīti vadesi || ||
Kathañcarahi samaṇa bhuñjasīti || ||
9 Ye hi keci bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā vatthuvijjā tiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvikam kappenti || ime vuccanti bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā adhomukhā bhuñjantīti || ||
10 Ye hi keci bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā nakkhattavijjā tiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvikam kappenti || ime vuccanti bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā ubbhamukhā bhuñjantīti || ||
11 Ye hi keci bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā dūteyyapahīṇagamanānuyogā micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti || ime vuccanti bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā disāmukhā bhuñjantīti || ||
12 Ye hi keci bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā aṅgavijjātiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti || ime vuccanti bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā vidisāmukhā bhuñjantīti || ||
13 So khvāhaṃ bhagini na vatthuvijjātiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappemi || na nakkhattavijjātiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappemi || na dūteyyapahiṇagamanānuyogamicchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappemi || na aṅgavijjātiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappemi || ||
Dhammena bhikkham pariyesāmi dhammena bhikkham pariyesitvā bhuñjāmīti || ||
[page 240]
240 SĀRIPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA [XXVIII. 10. 14
14 Atha kho Sucimukhī paribbājikā Rājagahe rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakam upasaṅkamitvā evam ārocesi || Dhammikaṃ samaṇā sakyaputtiyā āhāram āhārenti anavajjaṃ samaṇā sakyaputtiyā āhāram āhārenti ||
detha samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyāṇam piṇḍan ti || ||
Sāriputta-saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Vivekam Avitakkaṃ ca ||
Pīti Upekkhā catutthakaṃ ||
Ākāsam ceva Viññāṇaṃ ||
Akiñcaññeva Saññinā ||
Nirodhenagahe vutto ||
Dasamaṃ Sucimudhī cāti || ||
BOOK VIII NĀGA-SAṂYUTTA
SN_3,29(8).1 (1) Suddhikam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra -- voca -- ||
3 Catasso imā bhikkhave nāgayoniyo || || Katamā catasso || || Aṇḍajā nāgā jalābujā nāgā saṃsedajā nāgā opapātikā nāgā || || Imā kho bhikkhave catasso nāgayoniyo ti || ||
SN_3,29(8).2 (2) Paṇitataraṃ
1-3 Sāvatthi- -opapātikā nāgā || ||
[page 241]
XXIX. 3. 7] NĀGA-SAṂYUTTA 241
4 Tatra bhikkhave aṇḍajehi nāgehi jalābujā ca saṃsedajā ca opapātikā ca nāgā paṇītatarā || ||
5 Tatra bhikkhave aṇḍajehi ca jalābujehi ca nāgehi saṃsedajā ca opapātikā ca nāgā paṇītatarā || ||
6 Tatra bhikkhave aṇḍajehi ca jalābujehi ca saṃsedajehi ca nāgehi opapātikā nāgā paṇītatarā || ||
7 Imā kho bhikkhave catasso nāgayoniyo ti || ||
SN_3,29(8).3 (3) Uposatha
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ- Sāvatthiyaṃ- ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacce aṇḍajā nāgā uposatham upavasanti ossaṭṭhakāyā ca bhavantīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekaccānam aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ evaṃ hoti || || Mayaṃ kho pubbe kāyena dvayakārino ahumha vācāya dvayakārino manasā dvayakārino || te mayaṃ kāyena dvayakārino vācāya dvayakārino manasā dvayakārino kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapannā || ||
5 Sacajja mayaṃ kāyena sucaritaṃ careyyāma vācāya sucaritaṃ careyyāma manasā sucaritaṃ careyyāma || evaṃ mayaṃ kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyāma || ||
6 Handa mayam etarahi kāyena sucaritaṃ carāma vācāya sucaritaṃ carāma manasā sucaritaṃ carāmāti || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacce aṇḍajā nāgā uposatham upavasanti ossaṭṭhakāyā ca bhavantīti || ||
[page 242]
242 NĀGA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIX. 4. 1-2
SN_3,29(8).4 (4) Uposatha (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā || pa || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacce jalābujā nāgā uposatham upavasanti ossaṭṭhakāya ca bhavantīti || ||
4-6 Sabbaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacce jalābujā nāgā uposatham upavasanti ossaṭṭhakāyā ca bhavantīti.
SN_3,29(8).5 (5) Uposatha (3)
12 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacce saṃsedajā nāgā uposatham upavasanti ossaṭṭhakāyā ca bhavantīti || ||
4-6 Sabbaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo || yenamidhekacce saṃsedajā nāgā uposatham upavasanti ossaṭṭhakāyā ca bhavantīti.
SN_3,29(8).6 (6) Uposatha (4)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacce opapātikā nāgā uposatham upavasanti ossaṭṭhakāyā ca bhavantīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekaccānam opapātikānaṃ nāgānam evaṃ hoti || || Mayaṃ kho pubbe kāyena dvayakārino ahumha vācāya dvayakārino manasā dvayakārino || te mayaṃ kāyena dvayakārino vācāya dvayakārino manasā dvayakārino kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā opapātikānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyataṃ upapannā || ||
[page 243]
XXIX. 8. 4-6] NĀGA-SAṂYUTTA 243
5 Sacajja mayaṃ kāyena sucaritaṃ careyyāma vācāya sucaritaṃ careyyāma manasā sucaritaṃ careyyāma ||
evam {mayaṃ} kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyāma || ||
6 Handa mayam etarahi kāyena sucaritaṃ carāma vācāya sucaritaṃ carāma manasā sucaritaṃ carāmāti || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacce opapātikā nāgā uposathaṃ upavasanti ossaṭṭhakāyā bhavantīti || ||
SN_3,29(8).7 (7) Tassa sutam (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya dvayakārī hoti manasā dvayakārī hoti || tassa sutaṃ hoti Aṇḍajā nāgā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānam sahavyataṃ upapajjeyyanti || ||
6 So kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyataṃ upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,29(8).8 (8) Tassa sutam (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena midhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā jalābujānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyataṃ upapajjatīti || ||
4-6 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī || So yeva peyyalo || ||
[page 244]
244 NĀGA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIX. 8. 7
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā jalābujānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,29(8).9 (9) Tassa sutam (3)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā saṃsedajānam nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4-6 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti || So yeva peyyālo || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā saṃsedajānam nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,29(8).10 (10) Tassa sutam (4)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapātikānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya dvayakārī manasā dvayakārī || tassa sutaṃ hoti Opapātikā nāgā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulāti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti || || Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā opapātikānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjeyyanti || ||
6 So kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā opapātikānam nāgānam sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapātikānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,29(8).11-20 (11) Dānupakāra (1)
1-3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti
[page 245]
XXIX. 21-50. 7] NĀGA-SAṂYUTTA 245
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya dvayakārī manasā dvayakārī || tassa sutaṃ hoti Aṇḍajā nāgā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
5 Tassa evam hoti Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjeyyan ti || ||
6 So annaṃ deti || pānaṃ deti || vatthaṃ deti || yānaṃ deti || mālaṃ deti || gandhaṃ deti || vilepanaṃ deti || seyyaṃ deti || avasatham deti || padīpeyyaṃ deti || so kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,29(8).21-50 (12-14) Dānupakāra (2,3,4)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā Jalābujānaṃ nāgānam || pa ||
Saṃsedajānam nāgānam ||
Opapātikānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya dvayakārī manasā dvayakārī || tassa sutaṃ hoti Opapātīkā nāgā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāham kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapātikānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyataṃ upapajjeyyan ti ||
6 So annaṃ deti || pānaṃ deti || la || opapātikānam nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapatikānam nāgānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppapajjatīti
[page 246]
246 NĀGA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIX.21-50. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
Evam iminā peyyālena dasa suttantā kātabbā ||
Evaṃ catusu yonisu cattārīsa veyyākaraṇāni kātabbāni || ||
Dasa suttantā honti paññāsa suttantā ceti || ||
Nāga-saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Suddhikañca Paṇītataraṃ ||
Caturo ca Uposathā ||
Tassasutaṃ caturo ca ||
Dānupakārā caturo ||
Nāgehi supakāsitā ti || ||
BOOK IX SUPAṆṆA-SAṂYUTTAM
SN_3,30(9).1 (1) Suddhakam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Catasso imā bhikkhave supaṇṇayoniyo || || Katamā catasso || || Aṇḍajā supaṇṇā jalābujā supaṇṇā saṃsedajā supaṇṇā opapātikā supaṇṇā || || Imā kho bhikkhave catasso supaṇṇayoniyo ti || ||
[page 247]
XXX.4-6. 1-3] SUPAṆṆA-SAṂYUTTA 247
SN_3,30(9).2 (2) Haranti
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Catasso imā bhikkhave supaṇṇayoniyo || || Katamā catasso || || Aṇḍajā || pa || Imā kho bhikkhave catasso supaṇṇayoniyo || ||
4 Tatra bhikkhave aṇḍajā supaṇṇā aṇḍaje nage haranti || na jalābuje || na saṃsedaje || na opapātike || ||
5 Tatra bhikkhave jalābujā supaṇṇā aṇḍaje ca jalābuje ca nāge haranti || na saṃsedaje na opapātike || ||
6 Tatra bhikkhave saṃsedajā supaṇṇā aṇḍaje ca jalābuje ca saṃsedaje ca nāge haranti || na opapātike || ||
7 Tatra bhikkhave opapātika supaṇṇā aṇḍaje ca jalābuje ca saṃsedaje ca opapātike ca nāge haranti || ||
8 Imā kho bhikkhave catasso supaṇṇayoniyo ti || ||
SN_3,30(9).3 (3) Dvayakāri (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā {tenupasaṅkami} || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya dvayakārī manasā dvayakārī || tassa sutaṃ hoti Aṇḍajā supaṇṇā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāham kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānam supaṇṇānam sahavyatam upapajjeyyanti || || So kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ supaṇṇānam sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
6 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ supaṇṇānam sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,30(9).4-6 (4-6) Dvayakārī (2-4)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca
[page 248]
248 SUPAṆṆA-SAṂYUTTA [XXX. 4-6. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Jalābujānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ || la ||
Saṃsedajānaṃ ||
Opapātikānaṃ supaṇṇānam sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya dvayakārī manasā dvayakārī || tassa sutaṃ hoti Opapātikā supaṇṇā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulāti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāham kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapātikānam supaṇṇānam sahavyatam upapajjeyyanti || || So kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapātikānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
6 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapātikānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,30(9).7-16 (7) Dānupakārā (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānam supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya dvayakārī manasā dvayakārī || tassa sutaṃ hoti Aṇḍajā supaṇṇā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjeyyan ti || ||
6 So annaṃ deti || pānaṃ deti || vattham deti || yānaṃ deti || mālaṃ deti || gandham deti || vilepanaṃ deti || seyyaṃ deti || āvasathaṃ deti || padīpeyyaṃ deti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānam supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,30(9).17-46 (8-10) Dānupakāra (2-4)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca
[page 249]
XXXI. 1. 1-2] GANDHABBAKĀYA-SAṂYUTTA 249
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā jalābujānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ || pe || saṃsedajānaṃ supaṇṇanām || pe || opapātikānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya dvayakārī manasā dvayakārī || tassa sutaṃ hoti Opapātikā supaṇṇā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāham kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapātikānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjeyyanti || ||
6 So annaṃ deti || pa || padīpeyyaṃ deti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapātikānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapātikānaṃ supaṇṇānam sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
Evaṃ piṇḍakena cha cattālīsa suttantā honti || ||
Supaṇṇa-saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Suddhakaṃ Haranti ceva ||
Dvayakārī caturo ca ||
Dānupakārā ca cattāro ||
Supaṇṇā supakāsitā ti || ||
BOOK X GANDHABBAKĀYA-SAṂYUTTAM
SN_3,31(10).1 (1) Suddhikam
1-2 Sāvatthi || Tatra || voca || ||
[page 250]
250 GANDHABBAKĀYA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXI. 1. 3
3 Gandhabbakāyike vo bhikkhave deve desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha ||
4 Katame ca bhikkhave gandhabbakāyikā devā || ||
Santi bhikkhave mūlagandhe adhivatthā devā || santi bhikkhave sāragandhe adhivatthā devā || santi bhikkhave pheggugandhe adhivatthā devā || santi bhikkhave tacagandhe adhivatthā devā || santi bhikkhave papatikagandhe adhivatthā devā || santi bhikkhave pattagandhe adhivatthā devā || santi bhikkhave pupphagandhe adhivatthā devā ||
santi bhikkhave phalagandhe adhivatthā devā || santi bhikkhave rasagandhe adhivatthā devā || santi bhikkhave gandhagandhe adhivatthā devā || ||
5 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave gandhabbakāyikā devā ti || ||
SN_3,31(10).2 (2) Sucaritam
1-3 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā gandhabbakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
5 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya sucaritam carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || tassa sutaṃ hoti Gandhabbakāyikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
6 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāham kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā gandhabbakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjeyyanti || || So kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā gandhabbakāyikānaṃ devānam sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā gandhabbakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,31(10).3 (3) Dātā (1)
1-4 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca
[page 251]
XXXI. 4-12. 6] GANDHABBAKĀYA-SAṂYUTTA 251
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānam sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
5 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || tassa sutaṃ hoti Mūlagandhe adhivatthā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
6 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāham kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjeyyanti || || So dātā hoti mūlagandhānam || So kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu || pa || yena midhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sakavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,31(10).4-12 (4-12) Dātā (2-10)
1-4 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sāraghandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
5 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || || Tassa sutaṃ hoti Sāragandhe adhivatthā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
6 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sāragandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānam sahavyatam upapajjeyyanti || || So dātā hoti sāragandhānaṃ || ||
So yeva peyyalo || ||
So dātā hoti pheggugandhānaṃ || ||
So dātā hoti tacagandhānaṃ || ||
[page 252]
252 GANDHABBAKĀYA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXI. 4-12. 7
So dātā hoti papaṭikagandhānaṃ || ||
So dātā hoti pattagandhānaṃ ||
So dātā hoti pupphagandhānaṃ || ||
So dātā hoti phalagandhānaṃ || ||
So dātā hoti rasagandhānaṃ || ||
So dātā hoti gandhagandhānam || ||
So kāyassa bhedā param maranā gandhagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā gandhagandhe adhivatthānam devānaṃ sahavyatām upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,31(10).13-22 (13) Dānupakāra (1)
1-4 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
5 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritam carati || tassa sutaṃ hoti Mūlagandhe adhivatthā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
6 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ upapajjeyyanti || || So annaṃ deti || pānaṃ deti || vatthaṃ deti ||
yānaṃ deti || mālaṃ deti || gandhaṃ deti || vilepanaṃ deti ||
seyyaṃ deti || āvasathaṃ deti || padīpeyyaṃ deti || || So kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ upapajjatīti || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
[page 253]
XXXI. 23-102. 7] GANDHABBAKĀYA-SAṂYUTTA 253
SN_3,31(10).23-112 (14-23) Dānupakārā (2-10)
1-4 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā sāragandhe adhivatthānam devānam || pa || pheggugandhe adhivatthānam devānam || tacagandhe adhivatthānam devānam || papaṭikagandhe adhivatthānam devānaṃ || pattagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānam || pupphagandhe adhivatthānam devānaṃ || phalagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ ||
rasagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ || gandhagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam uppajjatīti || ||
5 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || tassa sutaṃ hoti Gandhagandhe adhivatthā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
6 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā gandhaghande adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ {sahavyatam} uppajjeyanti || || So annaṃ deti || pānaṃ deti || vatthaṃ deti || yānaṃ deti || mālaṃ deti || gandhaṃ deti || vilepanaṃ deti || seyyaṃ deti || āvasathaṃ deti || padīpeyyaṃ deti || So kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā gandhagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhakacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā gandhagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upappajjatīti || ||
Evampiṇḍakena ekasatañ ca dvādasa suttaṃ || ||
Gandhabbakāyasaṃyuttam niṭṭhitaṃ || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Suddhikaṃ ca Sucaritaṃ ||
Dātā hi apare dasa ||
Dānupakārā dasamā ||
Gandhabbā supakāsitā ti || ||
[page 254]
254 VALĀHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXII. 1. 1-2
BOOK XI VALĀHA-SAṂYUTTAM
SN_3,32(11).1 (1) Desanā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Valāhakakāyike bhikkhave deve desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Katame ca bhikkhave valāhakakāyikā devā || || Santi bhikkhave sītavalāhakādevā || santi uṇhavalāhakā devā ||
santi abbhavalāhakā devā || santi vātavalāhakā devā || santi vassavalāhakā devā || ||
5 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave valāhakakāyikā devā ti || ||
SN_3,32(11).2 (2) Sucaritaṃ
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā valāhakakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || tassa sutaṃ hoti Valāhakakāyikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahutā ti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti || Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā valāhakakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam uppajjeyyanti || || So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā valāhakakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam uppajjatīti || ||
6 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā valāhakakāyikānam devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,32(11).3-22 (3) Dānupakārā (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca
[page 255]
XXXII. 23-52. 6] VALĀHA-SAṂYUTTA 255
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sītavalāhakānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || tassa sutaṃ hoti Sītavalāhakā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti || || Ahovatāham kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maranā sītavalāhakānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjeyyanti || so annaṃ deti || pa || padīpeyyaṃ deti || || So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sītavalāhakānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ upapajjati || ||
6 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā Sītavahālakānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,32(11).23-52 (4-7) Dānupakārā (2-5)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā Uṇhavalāhakānaṃ devānaṃ || ||
Abbhavalāhakānam devānam ||
Vātavalāhakānaṃ devānaṃ ||
Vassavalāhakānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || tassa sutaṃ hoti Vassavalāhakā deva dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti || Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā vassavalāhakānaṃ devānam sahavyataṃ uppajjeyyanti || So annaṃ deti || pa || padīpeyyaṃ deti || So kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā vāssavalāhakānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
6 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā paraṃmaraṇā vassavalāhakānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
[page 256]
256 VALĀHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXII. 53. 1-3
SN_3,32(11).53 (8) Sītam
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenekadā sītaṃ hotīti || ||
4 Santi bhikkhu Sītavalāhakā nāma devā || || Tesaṃ yadā evaṃ hoti Yaṃ nuna mayaṃ sakāya ratiyā rameyyāmāti || || tesantaṃ cetopaṇidhim anvāya sītaṃ hoti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenekadā sītaṃ hotīti ||
SN_3,32(11).54 (9) Uṇhaṃ
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenekadā uṇhaṃ hotīti || ||
4 Santi bhikkhu Uṇhavalāhakā nāma devā || || Tesaṃ yadā hoti Yaṃ nuna mayaṃ sakāya ratiyā rameyyāmāti ||
tesantaṃ cetopaṇidhim anvāya uṇhaṃ hoti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenekadā uṇhaṃ hotīti || ||
SN_3,32(11).55 (10) Abbham
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenekadā abbhaṃ hotīti || ||
4 Santi bhikkhu Abbhavalāhakā nāma devā || || Tesaṃ yadā evaṃ hoti || Yaṃ nuna mayaṃ sakāya ratiyā rameyyāmāti || tesantaṃ cetopaṇidhim anvāya abbhaṃ hotīti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenekadā abbhaṃ hotīti || ||
SN_3,32(11).56 (11) Vātā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenekadā vāto hotīti || ||
4 Santi bhikkhu Vātavalāhakā nāma devā || || Tesaṃ yadā evaṃ hoti
[page 257]
XXXIII. 1. 3] VACCHAGOTTA SAṂYUTTA 257
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Yaṃ nuna mayaṃ sakāya ratiyā rameyyāmāti || tesantaṃ cetopaṇidhim anvāya vāto hoti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenekadā vāto hotīti || ||
SN_3,32(11).57 (12) Vassa
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenekadā devo vassatīti || ||
4 Santi bhikkhu Vassavalāhakā nāma devā || || Tesaṃ yadā evaṃ hoti Yaṃ nuna mayaṃ sakāya ratiyā rameyyāmāti || tesantaṃ cetopaṇidhim anvāya devo vassati || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenekadā devo vassatīti || ||
Valāha-saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Vitthārena sattapaññāsa suttantā bhavanti || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Desanā Sucaritañca ||
Dānupakārā pañcakaṃ ||
Sītaṃ Uṇhañca Abbhañca ||
Vāta-Vassa-valāhakā ti || ||
BOOK XII VACCHAGOTTA-SAṂYUTTAṂ
SN_3,33(12).(1)1 (1) Aññāṇā (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yena Bhagavā tenupa-saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca
[page 258]
258 VACCHAGOTTA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIII. 1. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yānimāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti || || Sassato loko ti va Asassato loko ti vā || Antavā loko ti vā Anantavā loko ti vā || Taṃ jīvam taṃ sarīranti vā Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sariranti va || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ||
Hoti ca na ca hoti tathagato param maraṇā ti vā || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇa ti vā ti || ||
4 Rūpe kho Vaccha aññāṇā rūpasamudaye aññāṇā rūpanirodhe aññāṇā rūpanirodhagaminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇā || evam imāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāpato paraṃ maraṇāti vā ti || || Ayaṃ kho Vaccha hetu ayam paccayo yena anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti || || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇāti || ||
SN_3,33(12).(1)2 Aññāṇā (2)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yānimāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
4 Vedanāya kho Vaccha aññāṇā vedanāsamudaye aññāṇā vedanānirodhe aññāṇā vedanānirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇā || || Evam imāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti || || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho Vaccha hetu ayam paccayo yānimāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,33(12).(1)3 Aññāṇā (3)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca
[page 259]
XXXIII. 1. 1-3] VACCHAGOTTA-SAṂYUTTA 259
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yānīmāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
4 Saññāya kho Vaccha aññāṇā saññāsamudaye aññāṇā saññānirodhe aññāṇā saññānirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇā || evam imāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho Vaccha hetu ayam paccayo yānimāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,33(12).(1)4 Aññāṇā (4)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yānimāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti || || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
4 Saṅkharesu kho Vaccha aññāṇā saṅkhārasamudaye aññāṇā saṅkhāranirodhe aññāṇā saṅkhāranirodhagaminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇā evam imāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti || || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā ||
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho Vaccha hetu ayam paccayo yānimāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti tathāgato na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,33(12).(1)5 Aññāṇā (5)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yānimāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti || || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā
[page 260]
260 VACCHAGOTTA SAṂYUTTA [XXXIII. 1. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
4 Viññāṇe kho Vaccha aññāṇā viññārasamudaye aññāṇā viññāṇanirodhe aññāṇā viññāṇanirodhagāminiyā patipadāya aññāṇā evam imāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho Vaccha hetu- -param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,33(12).(2)6-10 Adassanā (1-5)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yānimāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā ||
pe || || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maranā ti vā ti || ||
4 (6) Rūpe kho Vaccha adassanā || So yeva peyyālo || ||
(7) Vedanāya || || (8) Saññāya || || (9) Saṅkhāresu || || (10) Viññāṇe Vaccha adassanā || pa || viññāṇanirodhagāminiyā patipadāya adassanā || pe || ||
[Yathā purimagamanaṃ evam pañca pi khandhā pañcahi gamanehi vitthāretabbo] ||
SN_3,33(12).(3)11-15 Anabhisamayā (1-5)
(11) Sāvatthi || || Rūpe kho Vaccha anabhisamayā || pe ||
rūpanirodhagaminiyā patipadāya anabhisamayā || ||
(12) Sāvatthi || || Vedanāya kho Vaccha anabhisamayā ||
pa || ||
(13) Sāvatthi || || Saññāya kho Vaccha anabhisamayā ||
pa || ||
(14) Sāvatthi || || Saṅkhāresu kho Vaccha anabhisamayā ||
pa || ||
(15) Sāvatthi || || Viññāṇe kho Vaccha anabhisamayā ||
pa || ||
[page 261]
XXXIII. 9. 41-45] VACCHAGOTTA-SAṂYUTTA 261
SN_3,33(12).(4)16-20 Ananubodhā1 (1-5)
(16)1-4 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo || pa ||
5 Rūpe kho Vaccha ananubodhā || pa || rūpanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāyo ananubodhā || pa || ||
(17) Sāvatthi || || Vedanāya kho Vaccha || pa || ||
(18) Sāvatthi || || Saññāya kho Vaccha || pa || ||
(19) Sāvatthi || || Saṅkhāresu kho Vaccha || pa || ||
(20) Sāvatthi || || Viññāṇe kho Vaccha ananubodhā || pa ||
viññāṇanirodhagāminiyā patipadāya ananubodhā || ||
SN_3,33(12).(5)21-25 Appativedhā (1-5)
Sāvatthi || || Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo ||
pa || ||
Rūpe kho Vaccha appativedhā || pa ||
Viññāṇe kho Vaccha appativedhā || pa ||
SN_3,33(12).(6)26-30 Asallakkhaṇā (1-5)
Sāvatthi || || Rūpe kho Vaccha asallakkhaṇā || pa || Viññāṇe kho Vaccha asallakkhaṇā || ||
SN_3,33(12).(7)31-35 Anupalakkhaṇā (1-5)
Sāvatthi || || Rūpe kho Vaccha anupalakkhaṇā || pa ||
Viññāṇe kho Vaccha anupalakkhaṇā || ||
SN_3,33(12).(8)36-40 Apaccupalakkhaṇā (1-5)
Sāvatthi || || Rūpe kho Vaccha apaccupalakkhaṇā || pa || ||
Viññāṇe kho Vaccha apaccupalakkhaṇā || pa || ||
SN_3,33(12).(9)41-45 Asamapekkhaṇā
Sāvatthi || || Rūpe kho Vaccha asamapekkhaṇā || pe ||
Viññāṇe kho Vaccha asamapekkhaṇā || pa || ||
[page 262]
262 VACCHAGOTTA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIII. 10. 46-50
SN_3,33(12).(10)46-50 Apaccupekkhaṇā1 (1-5)
Sāvatthi || || Rūpe kho Vaccha apaccupekkhaṇā || pa ||
Viññāṇe kho Vaccha apaccupekkhaṇā || pe ||
SN_3,33(12).(11)51 Apaccakkhakammaṃ (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako gavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo yānimāni anakavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti Sassato loko ti vā || pa || || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
4 Rūpe kho Vaccha apaccakkhakammā || rūpasamudaye apaccakkhakammā rūpanirodhe apaccakkhakammā rūpanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya apaccakkhakammā yānimāni ||
pe || ||
SN_3,33(12).52-54 Apaccakkhakammam (2-4)
(52) Sāvatthi || || Vedanāya kho Vaccha apaccakkhakammā || pe ||
(53) Sāvatthi || || Saññāya kho Vaccha apaccakkhakammā || pe || ||
(54) Sāvatthi || || Saṅkhāresu kho Vaccha apaccakkhakammā || pe ||
SN_3,33(12).55 Apaccakkhakammam (5)
1-4 Sāvatthi || || Viññāṇe kho Vaccha apaccakkhakammā viññāṇasamudaye apaccakkhakammā viññāṇanirodhe apaccakkhakammā viññāṇanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya apaccakkhakammā || evam imāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke upajjanti Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā
[page 263]
XXXIV. 1. 3] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA. 263
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || pe || ||
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho Vaccha hetu ayam paccayo yānimāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti || || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā || Antavā loko ti vā Anantavā loko ti vā || Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti vā || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti vā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
Vacchagotta-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Ekapiṇḍakena pañcapaññāsasuttantā bhavanti || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Aññāṇā Adassanaṃ ceva ||
Anabhisamayā Ananubodhā ||
Appativedhā Asallakkhaṇā ||
Anupalakkhaṇena || Apaccupalakkhaṇā ||
Asamapekkhaṇā Apaccupekkhaṇā ||
Apaccakkhakamman ti || ||
BOOK XIII JHĀNA-(or SAMĀDHI-) SAṂYUTTAṂ
SN_3,34(13).1 Samādhi-samāpatti
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra kho -- voca || ||
3 Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
[page 264]
264 JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIV. 1. 4
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti || na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo || ||
7 Idha pana ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca || ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyinam aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyatthāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ khīramhā dadhi dadimhā navanītam navanītamha sappi sappimhā sappimaṇḍo tatra aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyinam aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).2 Ṭhiti
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyi neva samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo ca || ||
8 Tatra kho bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo ca || ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnam aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca
[page 265]
XXXIV. 4. 5] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA 265
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ khīramhā dadhi dadhimhā navanītaṃ navanītamhā sappi sappimhā sappimaṇḍo tatra aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca || pe || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).3 Vuṭṭhāna
1-3 Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na ca samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo ca || ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīyaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).4 Kallavā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ kallakusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ kallakusalo hoti na samādhismim samādhikusalo || ||
[page 266]
266 JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIV. 4. 6
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ kallakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ kallakusalo ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca samadhismiṃ kallakusalo ca || ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).5 Ārammaṇa
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyi || || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo ca || ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).6 Gocaro
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
[page 267]
XXIV. 8. 6] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA 267
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismim gocarakusalo ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo ca || ayam imesaṃ catunnam jhāyīnaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pe || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).7 Abhinīhāro
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyam jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo ca || ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyinaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pe || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).8 Sakkacca
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī || ||
[page 268]
268 JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIV. 8. 7
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī ca || ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhayīnaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pe || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).9 Sātaccakārī
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti || na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyam jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī ca || ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnam aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pe || pavaro cā ti || ||
SN_3,34(13).10 Sappāyam
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismim samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismim sappāyakārī || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismim sappāyakārī || ||
[page 269]
XXXIV. 12. 7] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA 269
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ayaṃ imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnam aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pe || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).11 (Samāpatti-ṭhiti)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo ca || ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnam aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).12 (Samāpatti-vuṭṭhāna)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismim vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo ca
[page 270]
270 JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIV. 12. 8-9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
8-9 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī || la || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).13 Samāpatti-kallita
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismim kallitakusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismim kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ kallilakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo ca || ||
8-9 Tatra || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).14 (Samāpatti-ārammaṇa)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo ca || ||
8-9 Tatra || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).15 (Samāpatti-gocara)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4-7 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo
[page 271]
XXXIV. 19. 1-3] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA 271
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || catukoṭikaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ || || -samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo ca || ||
8-9 Tatra || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).16 (Samāpatti-abhinīhāra)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4-7 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismim samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo || || [catukotikaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ] || || samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo ca || ||
8-9 Tatra || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).17 (Samāpatti-Sakkacca)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4-7 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī || || [catukoṭikaṃ vitthāritabbaṃ] -samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī ca || ||
8-9 Tatra || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).18 (Samāpatti-Sātaccakārī)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4-7 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || || [catukoṭikaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ] || samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sākaccakārī ca || ||
8-9 Tatra || pa || pavaro cāti ||
SN_3,34(13).19 (Samāpatti-sappāyakārī)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
[page 272]
272 JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIV. 19. 4
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpatti kusalo hoti na samādhismim sappāyakārī || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī hoti || na samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti || na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnam aggo ca siṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ khīramhā dadhi dadhimhā navanītaṃ navanītamhā sappi sappimhā sappimaṇḍo tatra aggam akkhāyati || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave yvāyaṃ samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnam aggo ca settho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cāti || ||
Imehi paṭṭhāya upari aṭṭhavārā itaṇḍuvaṇṇiyato vaṭṭavitthārena kira || ||
SN_3,34(13).20 (Ṭhiti-vuṭṭhāna)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo ca || ||
8-9 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī || la || uttamo ca pavaro cāti || ||
[page 273]
XXXIV. 28. 4] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA 273
SN_3,34(13).21-27 (Ṭhiti-āramamṇa --)
(21) Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattaro || ||
Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo || || Vitthāretabbam || ||
(22) Samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo || ||
(23) Samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismim gocarakusalo || ||
(24) Samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo || ||
(25) Samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī || ||
(26) Samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || ||
(27)1-4 Samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismim sappāyakārī || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismim ṭhitikusalo ca samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnaṃ aggo ca || pe || ||
SN_3,34(13).28 (Vuṭṭhāna-kallita-)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo || ||
[page 274]
274 {JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA} [XXXIV. 28. 5-7
5-7 Samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
Neva samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhanakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo || ||
Samādhismim vuṭṭhānakusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo ca || ||
8-9 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyam jhāyī || pa || uttamo ca pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).29-34 (Vuṭṭhana --)
(29) Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo hoti || ||
Vitthāretabbaṃ || ||
30 Samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ gocara kusalo || ||
31 Samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo || ||
32 Samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī || ||
33 Samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || ||
34.4 Samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī {samādhismiṃ} sappāyakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ||
8-9 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyam jhāyī samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnaṃ || ||
Vitthāretabbaṃ || ||
[page 275]
XXXIV. 41. 7-9] {JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA} 275
SN_3,34(13).35 Kallita -- ārammaṇa)
1-4 Sāvatthi || || Samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo || ||
5 Samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo || ||
6 Neva samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo || ||
7 Samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo ca || ||
8-9 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī || pa || uttamo ca pavaro cā ti || ||
SN_3,34(13).36-40 (Kallita --)
36 Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || katame cattāro || ||
Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo || pe ||
37 Samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo || pe || ||
38 Samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī || ||
39 Samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || pe ||
40 Samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || pe ||
SN_3,34(13).41 (Ārammaṇa --)
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo ca hoti na samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo || Samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo hoti na samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo || || Neva samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo hoti || na samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo || || Samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo ca || ||
7-9 Tatrayvāyaṃ jhāyī || pa || uttamo pavaro cāti || ||
[page 276]
276 JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIV. 41. 42
(42) Samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo hoti na samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo || pe ||
(43) Samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī || pe ||
(44) Samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || pe ||
(45) Samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || ||
SN_3,34(13).46 (Gocara-Abhinīhāra)
1-7 Sāvatthi || || Samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo hoti na samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo || || Samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo || ||
Neva samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo hoti na samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo || || Samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo ca || ||
9-10 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || khīramhā dadhi || dadimhā navanītaṃ || navanītamhā sappi || sappimhā sappimaṇḍo || tatra aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo ca samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo ca ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnaṃ || pa || uttamo pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).47-49 (Gocara --)
(47) Samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī || pe ||
(48) Samādhismim gocarakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || pe ||
(49) Samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || pe || ||
SN_3,34(13).50 (Abhinīhāra --)
1-7 Sāvatthi || || Samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī
[page 277]
XXXIV. 55. 6] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA 277
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo || || Neva samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo hoti na samādhismim sakkaccakārī || || Samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī ca || ||
8-9 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī || pa || uttamo pavaro cā ti || ||
SN_3,34(13).51-52
(51) Samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo hoti na samādhismim sātaccakārī || pe ||
(52) Samādhismim {abhinīhārakusalo} hoti na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || pe || ||
SN_3,34(13).53 (Sakkaccakārī-Sātaccakārī)
1-7 Sāvatthi || || Samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī hoti na samādhismim sātaccakārī || || Samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī || || Neva samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || || Samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī ca hoti samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī ca || ||
8-9 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ || pa || pa || uttamo ca pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).54 (Sakkaccakārī-Sappāyakārī)
Samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || pe || ||
SN_3,34(13).55 (Sātaccakārī-sappāyakārī)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || ||
[page 278]
278 JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIV. 55. 7
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī ca hoti samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyam jhāyī samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī ca hoti samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnam aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cā ti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ khīramhā dadhi dadhimhā navanītaṃ navanītamhā sappi sappimhā sappimaṇḍo tatra aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī ca samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyī aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cāti || ||
10 Idam avoca Bhagavā attamanā te bhikkhū bhāsitam abhinandun ti || ||
Evan taṃ peyyālamukhāni pañcapaññāsa veyyākaraṇāni vitthāretabbāni || ||
Jhāna-saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Samādhi Samāpatti Ṭhiti ca Vuṭṭhānaṃ ||
Kallitārammaṇena ca Gocaro Abhinīhāro
Sakkacca Sātaccakārī || atho pi Sappāyanti || ||
Khandhavaggasaṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Khandha-Rādha-saṃyuttañca || ||
Diṭṭhi Okkanti Uppādā ||
Kilesa-Sāriputtā ca ||
Nāgā Supaṇṇa-Gandhabbā ||
[page 279]
XXXIV. 55. 15] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA 279
Valāha-Vaccha-Jhānanti ||
Khandha-vaggamhi terasā ti || ||